Skip to main content

Full text of "Risk reduction, substance use and abuse curriculum guide / compiled by Helga Stimson for Gallatin County Health Deparment"

See other formats


s 

375,29 

M26rr 

1984 

V.l 


Mcodol  Question 


Cuttkm 


um 


Me 


STATE  DOCUMENTS  COLLECTION 

Mi  2  81991 

MONTANA  STATE  LIBRARY 

1515  E-  6th  AVE. 
HELENA,  MONTANA  59620 


1  III      I       I  -:  | :  ' 

i  %m#  Soma  a     a  tea     ffl       %s#    1     «  t.     \ 


1 


RISK    REDUCTION 
SUBSTANCE    USE    AND    ABUSE    CURRICULUM    GUIDE 

Section    I 
ALCOHOL    EDUCATION 


Compiled   by 
Helga   Stimson 


For 
Gallatin   County  Health   Department 
Room   10  3,    Courthouse 
Bozeman,    Montana    59715 

Edward  L.  King,  M.D.,  Health  Officer 
Jacquelyn  Stonnell,  R.N.,  Human  Services  Director 


Funded  From 
The   Maternal   Child  Health   Services   Block   Grant 

1984 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 
I.   Introduction 

A.  Establishing  the  Need 1 

B.  The  Goal 2 

II.   Classroom  Activities 

A.  Grades  K-2 

1.  Alcohol  Education  3 

2.  Decisions  and  Values 8 

3.  Self-Concept 17 

B.  Grades  3-4 

1.  Alcohol  Education  22 

2.  Decisions  and  Values. 29 

3.  Self-Concept 39 

C.  Grades  5-6 

1.  Alcohol  Education  46 

2.  Decisions  and  Values 6  4 

3.  Self-Concept 74 

D.  Grades  7-8 

1.  Alcohol  Education  8  2 

2.  Decisions  and  Values 103 

3.  Self-Concept 115 

E.  Grades  9-12 

1.  Alcohol  Education  121 

2.  Decisions  and  Values 171 

3.  Self-Concept 198 

III.   Alcohol  Education  in  Total  Curriculum  206 

IV.   Alternatives  to  Alcohol  Use 207 

V.   Information  for  Parents 214 

VI.   Recommended  Films  221 

VII.   Bibliography 224 


PREFACE 


The  following  is  Section  I  of  a  three-part  risk  reduction 
curriculum  guide  on  substance  use  and  abuse.   The  entire 
curriculum  guide  includes  a  section  on  alcohol,  a  section  on 
other  drugs,  and  a  section  on  tobacco.   Prevention  through 
education  is  the  primary  concern. 

The  major  emphasis  in  developing  this  curriculum  guide 
is  to  provide  teachers  with  "hands-on"  activities  to  be  used 
in  the  classroom.   This  guide  is  designed  to  implement  alcohol 
education  into  a  school  system  every  other  year.   However,  it 
should  be  noted  that  in  many  schools  alcohol  education  may  not 
be  offered  on  an  every  other  year  basis.   Therefore,  teachers 
are  encouraged  to  pick  and  choose  activities  throughout  the 
book  based  on  what  previous  education  the  students  have  had. 


ALCOHOL  EDUCATION 
Establishing  the  Need 

Before  determining  what  should  be  taught  it  is  important 
that  teachers  recognize  a  need  for  alcohol  education.   One  major 
reason  why  alcohol  education  is  crucial  is  that  alcohol  use  and 
abuse  by  young  people  continues  to  be  on  the  upswing.   In  recent 
years,  although  marijuana  use  has  increased  in  popularity,  alcohol 
is  still  the  drug  most  commonly  used  by  young  individuals.   Two 
factors  may  account  for  this:   first,  alcohol  is  a  socially 
accepted  drug  used  by  most  adults;  second,  parents  tend  to 
encourage  the  use  of  alcohol  because  of  the  inaccurate  belief 
that  "at  least  the  kid  isn't  using  drugs."   Following  are  some 
statistics  on  alcohol  use  among  young  people  illustrating  the 
seriousness  of  the  problem. 

1.  Age  13  is  the  average  to  begin  drinking  (Alcohol 
&  Health,  p.  17) . 

2.  In  1982,  72%  of  all  accidental  deaths  of  young  people 
ranging  from  age  15  to  age  24  in  the  state  of  Montana 
were  caused  by  alcohol  related  motor  vehicle  accidents 
(Montana  State  Dept.  of  Institutions,  p.  11) . 

3.  In  1983,  50%  of  all  traffic  deaths  in  Gallatin  County 
were  alcohol  related.  Previous  years  were  much  higher. 
(Gallatin  County  Coroner's   Report) 

4.  Although  teenagers  tend  to  drink  less  often  than 
adults,  they  tend  to  consume  larger  quantities  when 
they  do  drink,  resulting  in  potential  acute  alcohol 
problems  at  an  early  age  (Alcohol  &  Health,  p.  17) . 

Another  reason  alcohol  education  is  so  important  is 

that  many  young  people  are  living  with  one  or  more  alcoholics. 

With  no  help,  these  children  are  highly  likely  to  become 

alcoholics  themselves.   Alcohol  education  may  be  the  only  means 

by  which  these  students  receive  help. 

-1- 


THE  GOAL 

The  purpose  of  alcohol  education  is  to  help  students  learn 
to  function  in  our  rapidly  changing  drug-oriented  society  without 
developing  a  dependence  on  alcohol.   The  goal  is  to  prevent  the 
following: 

1.  alcohol  use  at  an  early  age; 

2.  injury  or  death  caused  by  the  misuse  of  alcohol;  and 

3.  acute  or  chronic  illness  resulting  from  alcohol  use. 

Steps  toward  accomplishing  the  goal  through  alcohol 
education  include: 

1.  Providing  knowledge  about  alcohol  at  an  early  age. 

2.  Providing  students  with  communication  skills  to  enable 
them  to  function  in  our  society  without  the  use  of 
alcohol. 

3.  Increasing  decision-making  skills,  thus  giving  students 
a  means  of  dealing  effectively  with  peer  pressure. 

4.  Developing  healthy  self-concepts. 

5.  Encouraging  involvement  in  alternative  "highs". 


-2- 


(llcokol  tiucation 


ALCOHOL  EDUCATION 
K-2 


Students  at  the  grades  K-2  level  are  at  a  good  age  to 
teach  basic  concepts  about  alcohol  and  how  it  affects  people. 
Unfortunately,  because  of  the  fact  that  few  children  are  using 
or  experimenting  with  alcohol  at  this  age,  alcohol  education  is 
usually  neglected.   Often  overlooked  are  the  children  who  are 
living  with  problem  drinkers.   The  risk  is  high  that  these 
children  will  begin  using  alcohol  at  an  early  age  and  will 
later  develop  problems  because  of  their  drinking.   Alcohol 
education  is  one  means  of  attempting  to  prevent  this  from 
happening. 

At  this  level  the  alcohol  concepts  need  to  be  very  simple. 
Key  concepts  to  stress  at  the  K-2  level  include  the  following: 

1.  There  are  different  types  of  alcohol. 

2.  Alcohol  is  a  drug. 

3.  People  can  drink  too  much  just  as  people  can  eat 
too  much. 

4.  Alcoholism  is  a  disease. 


-3- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  various  types  of  alcohol. 


DEFINING  "ALCOHOL" 

At  this  age,  the  students'  exposure  to  alcohol  may  be 
greatly  varied.   When  hearing  the  term  "alcohol",  one  student 
may  picture  a  bottle  of  rubbing  alcohol,  while  another  may 
picture  a  dad  coming  home  drunk.   The  following  activity  will 
help  clarify  the  different  forms  of  alcohol. 


ACTIVITY: 

Ask  the  class  "What  do  you  think  of  when  you  hear  the 
word  'alcohol'?"   After  some  sharing  has  taken  place,  explain 
that  there  are  different  types  of  alcohol.   For  example: 

1.  Alcohol  is  a  poisonous  substance  used  in  solvents, 
antifreeze  and  other  products. 

2.  Alcohol  is  a  poisonous  liquid  used  to  cool  body 
surface  (rubbing  alcohol) . 

3.  Alcohol  is  a  mind-altering  drug  which  has  been 
purified  for  drinking.   It  is  found  in  beer,  wine, 
and  distilled  liquor. 

Ask  the  students  where  they  would  most  likely  find  each 
type  of  alcohol  (i.e.  in  the  garage,  medicine  cabinet,  refriger- 
ator) .   Who  uses  these  various  types  of  alcohol  and  under  what 
circumstances? 


-A- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  that  alcohol  is  a  drug. 

SUPERMARKET  BAG 
Fill  a  supermarket  bag  with  the  following  empty  containers: 

(1)  cold  cereal  box 

(2)  tissue  box 

(3)  laundry  bleach  bottle 

(4)  an  aspirin  bottle 

(5)  a  beer  can 

Have  the  bag  sitting  on  your  desk  as  the  students  come 
into  the  room. 

ACTIVITY: 

Ask  the  students  "If  someone  in  your  family  came  home 
carrying  a  bag  like  this  one,  where  would  you  think  this  person 
had  been?   Is  it  easy  or  hard  to  shop  in  the  supermarket?  Why? 
What  did  this  person  buy?   Take  one  item  from  the  bag  at  a 
time,  in  the  order  listed  above.   Ask  the  children  to  identify 
each  item.   Then  ask  the  following  questions  for  each  item: 

1.  For  whom  in  the  family  was  the  item  bought? 

2.  Where  is  it  kept  in  the  house? 

3.  When  is  it  used? 

4.  Is  it  important?  Why? 

5.  Is  it  good  for  you?   Will  it  make  you  healthy? 

Point  out  that  the  beer  can  is  as  easy  to  open  as  a  soda 
can.   How  is  beer  like  soda?   How  does  it  differ?   Explain  that 
beer  contains  the  drug  alcohol,  yet  there  is  no  warning  label 
on  the  can  as  there  is  on  a  cigarette  pack.   There  is  no 
childproof  cover  as  there  is  on  the  aspirin  bottle.   Why? 

Discuss  the  state  law  stating  the  minimum  age  for  the 
purchase  of  beer.   Ask  the  children  where  they  learned  about 
all  the  things  talked  about  today. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Introducing  Alcohol  Education  In  The 
Elementary  School  K-4,  pp.  10-11,  Copyright,  1978,  American 
School  Health  Association,  Kent,  OH  44240. 


-5- 


Key  Concept:   Exploration  of  the  consequences  of  excess  amounts 
of  almost  anything. 

HOW  MUCH  IS  TOO  MUCH? 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  to  improve  students ' 
decision-making  skills  by  having  them  think  of  the  consequences. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Tell  all  the  children  to  talk,  turn  on  the  record  player, 
TV,  tape  recorder,  etc.,  to  create  noise.   This  should 
be  done  at  a  tolerable  noise  level. 

2.  Discuss:   Do  you  think  it  is  noisy  in  the  class?   Are 
you  still  able  to  hear  each  other?   Do  you  think  we 
could  have  too  much  noise  in  the  room? 

3.  Increase  noise  level  to  an  unpleasant  level. 

4.  Discuss:   Do  you  think  there  was  too  much  noise  in  the 
class?   Is  some  noise  okay?   How  much  is  too  much?  Is 
too  much  the  same  for  everybody  or  can  some  children 
tolerate  more  than  others?   What  are  some  other  things 
we  could  have  too  much  of? 

-  how  much  candy  is  too  much  candy? 

-  how  much  TV  is  too  much  TV? 

-  how  much  food  is  too  much  food? 

-  how  much  playing  is  too  much  playing? 

-  how  much  alcohol  is  too  much  alcohol? 

5.  Have  the  children  draw  pictures  of  something  they  really 
like  to  eat.   How  much  is  enough  for  them?   How  much  is 
too  much?   Draw  pictures  of  something  they  don't  eat. 
Flow  much  is  too  much  of  that? 

6.  Draw  pictures  of  someone  that  has  had  too  much  of 
an  alcoholic  beverage  to  drink.   How  do  people  act 
when  they  have  had  too  much  to  drink? 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Slightly  modified  from  Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug 
Abuse  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol 
Education:   Grades  K-6,  Helena,  MT. ,  Grade  K-l,  1979,  p.  24-25 


-6- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  the  disease  concept  of  alcoholism 
and  where  alcoholics  can  get  help. 


ALCOHOLISM 

Many  students  are  living  with  alcoholic  parents.   At  a 
young  age  children  often  do  not  understand  what  is  happening 
and  will  frequently  blame  themselves.   The  following  activities 
will  help  the  students  understand  the  disease  concept  of 
alcoholism  and  make  them  aware  of  where  the  family  and  the 
alcoholic  may  receive  help. 


ACTIVITIES: 


Have  the  students  draw  pictures  of  a  sick  person. 
Ask  them  the  following  questions. 

a.  When  you  see  a  sick  person,  what  do  you  want  to  do? 

b.  How  does  a  sick  person  usually  feel? 

c.  How  does  a  sick  person  get  better? 

Have  the  students  draw  pictures  of  an  alcoholic.   Explain 
to  them  that  most  alcoholics  do  not  look  like  they  have 
slept  out  in  the  street  but  look  like  normal  everyday  people, 
Ask  the  students  the  following  questions. 

a.  When  you  see  an  alcoholic,  what  do  you  want  to  do? 

b.  How  does  the  alcoholic  feel? 

c.  Would  you  treat  an  alcoholic  the  same  as  you  would 
a  sick  person? 

Explain  to  the  students  that  an  alcoholic  is  really 
a  sick  person  who  needs  help  (the  disease  concept  of 
alcoholism) .   Treatment  centers  are  places  where 
alcoholics  can  get  help,  just  as  hospitals  are  places 
for  sick  people  to  get  help.  Treatment  centers  are 
special  hospitals  for  alcoholics. 

Explain  that  once  the  alcoholic  gets  better,  they  need 
help  to  stay  healthy.   Alcoholics  Anonymous  is  an 
organization  which  helps  the  alcoholic  in  this  area. 
Other  family  members  can  also  receive  support  by 
attending  Alanon. 


-7- 


J). 


east  ons 


Values 
K-l 


DECISIONS  AND  VALUES 
K-2 


Decision-making  skills  need  to  be  developed  at  an  early  age 
and  continue  being  developed  throughout  life.   The  goal  in 
teaching  decision-making  skills  is  to  help  students  do  the 
following: 

1.  Understand  their  role  in  making  decisions. 

2.  Recognize  other  people  who  can  help  them  make  decisions. 

3.  Realize  the  risks  involved  in  decision-making. 

The  process  of  making  decisions  involves  the  following 
steps  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) : 

1.  Defining  the  problem. 

2.  Exploring  possible  alternative  ways  of  resolving 
the  problem. 

3.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  the  choices. 

4.  Choosing  the  alternative. 

The  purpose  of  values  clarification  is  to  help  young  people 
build  their  own  value  system.   Louis  Rath,  who  formulated  the 
values  clarification  approach,  broke  the  process  of  valuing 
into  three  sub-processes  (Simon,  p.  19). 

1.  Prizing:   cherishing  to  the  point  of  being  willing 

to  publicly  affirm  a  belief. 

2.  Choosing:  looking  at  the  various  alternatives,  considering 

the  consequences,  and  choosing  freely. 

3.  Acting:    consistently  and  repetitiously  acting  on 

one's  beliefs. 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  decisions  which  are  made  every  day. 


WHO  DECIDES? 

The  following  activities  will  help  students  become  aware 
of  the  many  decisions  they  make  for  themselves  each  day. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Hand  out  the  worksheet  titled  "Who  Decides"  to  each 
student.   Either  read  the  questions  for  the  students 

or  have  them  read  for  themselves.   Complete  the  worksheet. 

2.  Have  the  students  share  their  answers.   As  the  children 
answer  the  questions,  ask,  "Could  anyone  else  make  this 
decision?"   The  purpose  is  to  help   children  realize 
there  are  more  decisions  they  can  make. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Cooper,  JoAnn,  &  others,  Decision-Making , 
(TACT:   Doylestown,  PA,  1979),  pp.  4-5. 


-9- 


WHO  DECIDES? 

Answer  the  questions  by  writing  or  drawing  one  of  the 
following: 


Mother 


Father 
Friends 


Me 


Teacher 


WHO  DECIDES 

What  I  wear  to  school? 

What  I  have  for  breakfast? 

Who  I  play  with? 

Whether  or  not  I  should  do  my  homework? 

What  I  should  do  for  homework? 

What  my  favorite  food  is? 

What  game  I  should  play  with  my  friends? 

What  I  should  do  when  there  is  no  one  to  play  with? 

What  my  jobs  at  home  are? 


-10- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  that  we  have  help  in  making  decisions, 


DECISION-MAKING  HELPERS 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  identify  various 
factors  that  help  us  make  decisions. 

ACTIVITY: 

For  younger  children,  read  the  list  of  decisions  to  be  made 
and  hold  a  discussion  on  where  we  get  help  in  making  the  decisions, 
For  older  students,  have  them  match  the  decisions  to  be  made  with 
the  place  to  get  help. 


DECISIONS  TO  BE  MADE: 

1.  What  to  order  in  a  restaurant. 

2.  Whether  to  watch  TV. 

3.  Where  to  buy  a  bike. 

4.  Whether  to  buy  a  pair  of  socks. 


When  to  buy  someone  a  birthday 
present. 

When  to  leave  for  home  from 
your  friend's  house. 

Whether  to  buy  a  particular  record. 

Whether  to  plan  on  going 
swimming  tomorrow. 

Which  way  is  shortest  from  your 
house  to  a  hospital. 


10.   How  to  find  out  whether  you  are  sick,  j 


WHERE  TO  GET  HELP: 

a.  Price  tag. 

b.  Map. 

C.  Weather  forecast. 

d.  Thermometer. 

e.  Newspaper  ads. 

f.  Last  report  card, 


g- 

h. 


TV  Guide 
Radio 

Calendar. 

Menu 


11.   Whether  to  do  your  homework. 


k.   Clock 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Chase,  Larry;  The  Other  Side  of  the 
Report  Card,  (Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.:   Glenview,  111., 
1975) ,  p.  155. 


-11- 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  the  possible  consequences  of 
risk-taking. 


RISK-TAKING 

Many  decisions  involve  taking  risks.   A  person's  choice 
will  depend  on  how  great  the  risk  is.   Since  making  decisions 
that  involve  risk  are  so  much  a  part  of  everyday  life,  it  is 
important  that  children  learn  to  recognize  risks  at  an  early 
age  and  look  at  the  possible  consequences  before  making  a  decision. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Hold  a  class  discussion  about  what  "taking  a  risk" 
means.   Have  individual  students  share  activities  that 
they  have  done  which  involved  some  risk.   Ask  them  to 
give  examples  of  risks  that  had  bad  consequences  and 
good  consequences. 

2.  Hand  out  a  copy  of  "What  Risks  Did  They  Take?"  and 
have  various  students  describe  what  risks  they  believe 
were  taken  by  the  people  in  the  pictures.   Were  the 
consequences  good  or  bad  for  those  involved? 

3.  From  the  page  titled  "Risk-Taking  Situations",  read 
some  of  the  various  risk-taking  examples.   Encourage 
the  students  to  look  at  the  possible  good  consequences 
and  the  possible  bad  consequences.   Have  them  share 

with  a  partner  what  they  would  do  in  that  given  situation, 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Taking  Risks:   Activities  &  Materials  For 
Teaching  About  Alcohol,  Other  Drugs,  &  Traffic  Safety,  Book  I, 
Elementary  Ed.  (California  State  Dept.  of  Education: 
Sacramento,  Ca. ,  1979),  pp.  19,  34. 


-12- 


What  Risks  Did  They  Take? 


i 


Situations 


i 


1 .  You  find  a  bottle  of  pills  in  the  school  cafeteria,  and  a  friend 
dares  you  to  take  one  of  them.  Do  you  take  it? 

2    All  the  other  kids  are  riding  their  bikes  back  and  forth  over 
the  train  tracks  —  and  you  can  hear  the  train  coming.  Do  you  ride 
with  them? 

3.  Your  best  friend  shows  you  a  cigarette  he  found.  He  asks 
you  to  smoke  it  with  him.  Do  you? 


4  Another  kid  is  swinging  really  high  in  the  playground 
dares  you  to  swing  higher.  Do  you? 

5  Some  older  kids  offer  you  and  your  friend  a  beer.  Do  you 
take  it? 

6  A  group  of  your  friends  invites  you  to  sneak  out  at  night  and 
go  walking  in  the  spooky  woods  with  them.  Do  you  go? 

7.  You  see  a  new  kid  in  school  walking  down  the  hall,  and 
you'd  sort  of  like  to  meet  him.  Do  you  say  hello? 

8.  Your  friend  dares  you  to  run  across  a  crowded  freeway.  Do 
you? 

9.  Your  friend  tells  you  he's  found  the  steepest  hill  in  town  and 
asks  if  you'll  go  skateboarding  with  him  there.  Do  you  go? 

10  It's  summertime  and  a  friend  asks  you  to  swim  across  a  lake 
to  an  island.  Do  you  go  along? 

1 1  The  P  E  teacher  asks  you  if  youVe  interested  in  trying  out  for 
the  baseball  team.  A  lot  of  your  friends  are  on  the  team,  and 
youd  like  to  do  it,  but  you're  not  sure  you'll  make  it  Do  you  try 
out? 


1 2.  Your  big  brother  offers  you  a  ride  on  his  motorcycle,  but  he 
doesn't  have  a  helmet.  Do  you  go? 

1 3.  Several  friends  of  yours  decide  to  jump  from  a  high  bridge 
into  a  river  —  the  bridge  is  about  as  high  as  a  second-floor 
window.  Do  you  go  with  them? 

1 4.  Some  of  your  friends  have  decided  to  go  into  a  house  that 
they  say  is  haunted.  Do  you  go  with  them? 


1 5.  When  you  get  into  the  car  with  your  mom  to  go  to  the  store, 
she  tells  you  that  you  can  either  use  the  seat  belt  or  not,  but  you 
know  you  would  be  safer  if  you  use  it.  Do  you  take  the  "easy" 
way  and  not  use  it? 

16.  You're  up  in  the  mountains.  The  only  good  hill  for  sledding  is 
full  of  skiers  going  very  fast.  Do  you  go  sledding  anyway? 

1 7.  YouVe  never  been  on  a  roller  coaster  before,  and  your  best 
friend  asks  if  you  want  to  go  along.  Do  you  go? 

1 8.  This  year  for  the  first  time  you're  big  enough  to  ride  the 
scariest  ride  in  the  amusement  park.  Do  you  go? 

1 9.  A  much  older  kid  has  been  picking  on  one  of  your  best 
friends,  and  your  friend  asks  if  you'll  help  him  fight  the  big  kid.  Do 
you  help? 

20.  Some  of  your  friends  have  found  a  steep  cliff  that  they  want 
to  climb.  Do  you  go  with  them? 


Key  Concept:   Improvement  of  decision-making  abilities, 


THE  SURPRISE 

The  following  activity  will  provide  students  with  an 
opportunity  to  be  involved  in  looking  at  alternatives  before 
making  a  decision. 


ACTIVITY: 


Read  the  story  "Amy  and  the  Surprise"  to  the  class. 
Have  each  student  rank  order  their  choices  of  gifts  in 
order  of  preference.   Select  individual  students  to 
share  which  gifts  they  selected  as  their  first  and 
last  choices.   Ask  why  they  selected  these. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:  "Amy  and  the  Surprise",  Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug 
Abuse  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol 
Education:   Grades  K-6 ,  (Helena,  MT. ,  Grades  K-l,  pp.  5-6. 


-15- 


AMY  AND  THE  SURPRISE 


Amy  is  (five,  six,  seven,  eight)  years  old.   Her  grandmother 
has  come  to  visit  her  and  would  like  to  surprise  Amy  by  doing 
something  special  for  her.   Amy's  mother  made  a  list  of  things 
she  knows  Amy  needs: 

jacket    -  Amy's  jacket  is  too  small  for  her  now  and  the 

weather  is  getting  too  cold  to  wear  just  a  shirt. 

dentist  -  Amy  has  never  been  to  the  dentist  to  have  her  teeth 
checked.  There  will  be  a  special  children's  dental 
clinic  next  week. 

bicycle  -  Amy  has  been  riding  her  friend's  bicycle  and  would 
love  to  have  one  of  her  own.  There  is  a  shiny  red 
one  on  sale  this  week. 

books     -  Amy  loves  to  read.   She  goes  to  the  library  to 

borrow  books,  but  would  like  to  have  some  of  her  own. 

trip     -  Amy  has  never  been  on  a  train.   She  has  been  to  the 
train  station  to  pick  up  her  grandmother  and  would 
love  to  go  for  a  train  ride. 


If  you  were  the  person  to  choose  Amy's  surprise,  what  would 
you  choose? 


-16- 


wBm 

m 


SELF-CONCEPT 
K-2 

A  main  reason  for  drinking  is  the  feelings  of  well-being 
one  gets  from  alcohol.   Development  of  a  positive  self-esteem 
without  the  use  of  alcohol  is  crucial  in  the  prevention  of 
alcohol  abuse.   The  process  of  developing  students'  self-esteem 
include  activities  which  do  the  following  (It  Starts  With  People, 
p.  24)  : 

1.  Help  students  recognize  and  accept  feelings. 

2.  Help  individuals  share  aspects  of  themselves  with  others, 

3.  Help  students  accept  individual  differences. 


-17- 


Key  Concept;   Awareness  of  unique  characteristics  of  individuals 
to  help  develop  a  positive  self-concept. 


WHAT'S  MY  NAME?   WHO  KNOWS  ME? 

Explain  to  the  children  that  we  are  different  from  one 
another  and  each  person  is  special.   For  example,  our  voices 
are  different;  we  can  be  recognized  by  them. 


ACTIVITIES 


One  child  is  blindfolded.   The  teacher  points  to 
another  child  who  comes  before  the  blindfolded  child 
and  says  in  his  natural  voice  "Who  am  I?"   The 
blindfolded  child  may  guess  three  times.   The  child 
whose  identity  is  being  discovered  is  blindfolded  next, 

Following  the  above  activity,  ask  students  to  share 
something  else  about  themselves  which  makes  them 
special.   (This  may  be  a  good  time  to  have  them  make 
thumbprints  as  another  way  of  showing  how  we  are 
special  and  different  from  one  another) . 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Harrison,  Dorothy  D. ,  Healthy,  That's  Me,  Health 
Education  Curriculum  Guide,  Project  Headstart,  (U.S.  Dept.  of 
Health,  Education  &  Welfare:   Washington,  D.C.,  1972),  p.  21. 


•18- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  what  emotions  are  and  how  they  affect 
self-concept. 


FREE  TO  BE  YOU  &  ME 

Society  often  plays  down  emotions  as  something  that  are 
not  good.   This  activity  can  help  children  understand  that 
emotions  are  a  natural  and  healthy  part  of  life  and  may  be 
expressed  in  various  ways. 

ACTIVITY: 

The  following  parts  of  the  body  are  used  to  show  emotions. 
Only  the  part  indicated  may  be  used. 

1.  Hands  and  arms  only  —  children  may  touch  one  another, 
but  cannot  say  anything  nor  use  facial  expressions  or 
body  postures  to  express  emotions  such  as  surprise, 
anger,  joy,  love,  fear. 

2.  Head  —  facial  expression,  head  position  and  movement 
and  nonverbal  sounds:   growl,  scream,  grunt,  laugh, 
hum,  etc.,  but  no  words. 

3.  Whole  body  —  involve  the  whole  body,  posture,  movement, 
dancing,  hopping,  running,  etc. ,  but  not  the  voice. 

Some  emotions  that  can  be  used:   Love,  Joy,  Anger,  Fear, 
Shyness,  Hate,  Hope,  Surprise,  Loneliness,  etc. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Harrison,  Dorothy  D. ,  Healthy,  That's  Me,  Health 
Education  Curriculum  Guide,  Project  Headstart,  (U.S.  Dept.  of 
Health,  Education  &  Welfare:   Washington,  D.C.,  1972),  p.  22. 


-19- 


Key  Concept: 


Enhancement  of  self-concepts  through  positive 
comments . 


FRIENDLY  BUTTONS 

The  following  activities  will  encourage  children  to  develop 
the  habit  of  saying  positive,  caring  things  to  each  other.   This 
will  contribute  to  the  creation  of  an  affective  environment. 


ACTIVITIES 


1. 


Duplicate  a  supply  of  the  Friendly  Button  below  and 
place  the  buttons  in  a  designated,  accessible  location. 
Inform  the  children  that  you  are  granting  each  of  them 
a  special,  new  power.   Explain  that  each  time  a  class- 
mate makes  an  especially  thoughtful  or  kind  statement 
or  gesture,  they  may  award  that  person  a  Friendly 
Button.   Show  the  children  how  to  attach   the  buttons 
by  using  a  small  piece  of  tape,  folded  over  and  affixed 
to  the  back  of  the  button. 


At  the  end  of  the  day,  have  a  Friendly  Button  meeting 

of  all  the  class  members.  Invite  the  awardees  to  describe 

to  their  classmates  how  they  earned  their  buttons. 

To  make  sure  that  all  the  children  receive  a  button,  you 
may  wish  to  have  frequent  button  days.   Be  sure  to 
distribute  several  awards  yourself  to  children  who 
rarely   receive  the  honor. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Borba,  Michele  &  Craig;  Self-Esteem: 
A  Classroom  Affair.  Vol.  2,  (Winston  Press, Inc.:   Minneapolis, 
MN,  1982)  ,  p.  33. 


-20- 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-concept  by  student  recognition 
from  teacher  and  classmates. 


WHO  AM  I? 

Every  person  needs  recognition.   It  is  expressed  cogently 
by  the  lad  who  says,  "Mother,  let's  play  darts.   I'll  throw  the 
darts  and  you  say  'Wonderful'." 


ACTIVITIES: 


Have  students  write  their  own  biographical  information. 
Include  such  things  as  talents,  family  happenings, 
hobbies,  favorite  places,  activities,  etc.   Write  the 
information  on  index  cards. 

Collect  the  cards.   On  occasion,  read  the  cards  at  the 
beginning  or  end  of  class.   Include  a  teacher  description, 
also. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Beier,  Barbara,  "Enhancing  Positive 
Self-Concept  Through  Creativity  in  the  Classroom",  Health 
Education,  Vol  12,  #2,  Mar/April,  1981,  p.  35. 


-21- 


Ulcofiol  tlucatiott 


ALCOHOL  EDUCATION 
3-4 

Teaching  alcohol  education  in  grades  3-4  is  important 
because  it  preceeds  the  age  when  experimenting  and  peer 
pressure  become  major  factors.  Prevention  before  the  onset 
of  experimentation  is  the  major  goal. 

As  with  grades  K-2,  alcohol  education  concepts  should  be 
kept  simple.   Concepts  to  stress  in  grades  3-4  include  the 
following: 

1.  There  are  different  ways  to  make  alcoholic  beverages. 

2.  Alcohol  is  a  drug. 

3.  Alcohol  is  a  depressant. 

4.  People  drink  for  various  reasons. 

5.  Children  should  not  drink  alcoholic  beverages. 

6.  Alcoholism  is  a  disease. 


-22- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  what  alcohol  is  and  why  kids  should 
not  drink  it. 


WHAT  IS  ALCOHOL? 

A  question  which  may  be  asked  by  primary  elementary  students 
may  be  "What  is  alcohol,  anyway?"   The  following  activities  are 
designed  to  answer  that  question. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Bring  in  a  beer  bottle,  a  shot  glass,  and  a  wine  glass. 
Ask  the  students  which  container  they  think  would  have 
the  most  alcohol  in  it.   Explain  that  the  size  of  the 
bottle  does  not  necessarily  indicate  which  one  has  the 
most  alcohol.   Go  on  to  explain  that  actually  one  bottle 
of  beer  has  about  the  same  amount  of  alcohol  as  one  glass 
of  wine  or  one  shot  of  whiskey. 

2.  Explain  the  differences  among   these  three  types  of 
alcohol . 

*Beer 

-   is  brewed 

is  made  from  wheat,  barley  or  rye  combined  with  yeast. 

*Wine 

is  fermented 

is  made  from  fruit  (usually  grapes)  and  yeast 

*Liquor 

is  distilled 

is  made  by  evaporating  most  of  the  water  out  so 

there  is  a  greater  alcohol  content 

3.  Hold  a  discussion  on  why  kids  should  not  drink  alcoholic 
beverages.   Point  out  the  following: 

a.  Their  bodies  are  smaller. 

b.  Their  bodies  are  still  growing. 


-23- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  that  alcohol  is  a  drug. 


SEPARATE  THE  CANS 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  recognize  why 
beer  is  different  than  pop  or  punch  and  why  children  should  not 
drink  it. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.   Assemble  six  empty  cans:   three  beer  cans  (two  popular, 
one  less  well-known)  and  three  soda  pop  or  fruit  punch 
cans.   Before  the  cans  are  shown  to  the  class,  ask  the 
following  questions: 

a.  What  is  your  favorite  drink? 

b.  What  is  your  second  favorite  drink? 

c.  What  would  you  serve  to  your  friends  at  a  birthday 
party? 

d.  If  your  parents  were  having  a  party,  what  would 
they  serve? 

Now  show  the  cans  to  the  class.   Ask  a  volunteer  to  separate 
the  cans,  placing  cans  only  grown-ups  would  be  served  at  one 
side  of  the  desk  and  cans  children  could  be  served  at  the  other. 
Ask  the  student  to  explain  his/her  decision. 

Ask  the  class  if  they  know  the  difference  between  beer 
and  other  drinks.   Why  don't  girls  and  boys  drink  beer? 

The  teacher  should  explain  to  the  class  that  beer,  wine, 
and  whiskey  contain  a  drug  called  alcohol.   Like  other  drugs, 
it  can  make  a  person  sick  if  too  much  is  taken.   Other  drugs 
have  warning  labels  on  them  indicating  that  they  are  drugs. 
Beer,  wine  or  whiskey  have  no  warning  signs.   This  is  probably 
one  reason  why  children  don't  always  know  alcohol  is  a  drug. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Introducing  Alcohol  Education  In  The 
Elementary  School  K-4,  p.  11,  Copyright,  1978,  American  School 
Health  Association,  Kent,  Ohio  44240 


-24- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  that  alcohol  is  a  depressant. 


BEER  KNOWLEDGE  SURVEY 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  as  a  creative  way  to 
approach  an  alcohol  education  unit. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.   As  a  suggested  introduction  to  this  activity,  build  the 
word  "beer"  on  the  chalkboard,  starting  with  the  first 
two  letters.   Ask  the  children  to  explain  each  word 
(eg,  BE,  BEE,  BEER) . 

Discuss  with  the  class  the  following  questions: 

1.  What  can  you  tell  me  about  beer? 

2.  Where  do  people  get  beer? 

3.  Why  do  people  drink  beer? 

4.  Girls  and  boys  usually  drink  milk,  orange  juice, 
soda  pop;  why  not  beer? 

5.  What  happens  if  a  person  drinks  too  much  beer? 

6.  How  did  you  find  out  all  the  things  you  just 
told  me  about  beer? 

As  the  children  answer  the  fifth  question  with  phrases 
such  as  "walk  funny", "gets  sick", "can't  talk  right",  "falls 
asleep",  explain  what  "depressant"  means  and  discuss  the 
depressant  effect  that  alcohol  has  on  the  body.   Give  examples 
such  as  slurred  speech  and  staggering  to  illustrate  the  point. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Modified  from  American  School  Health 
Association,  Introducing  Alcohol  Education  in  the  Elementary 
School,  K-4,  pp.  11-12,  "Copyright,  1978,  American  School 
Health  Association,  Kent,  Ohio  44240". 


-25- 


Key  Concept:   History  and  facts  about  alcohol. 


IF  I  SAID. 


ACTIVITY: 


Ask  the  children  the  following  three  questions,  and  then 
discuss  their  answers.   This  activity  could  also  be  done  by 
writing  the  three  key  phrases  on  separate  sheets  of  paper  and 
then  letting  the  children  write  down  their  answers  on  these 
pages  as  they  think  of  them. 

1.  If  I  said  "alcoholic  beverages",  tell  me  other  words 
you  have  heard  that  mean  alcoholic  beverages. 

2.  If  I  said  "He's  a  big  drinker",  tell  me  other  words 
you  have  heard  used  for  big  drinker. 

3.  If  I  said  "She's  drunk",  tell  me  other  words  you  have 
heard  used  for  drunk. 

For  question  1,  responses  usually  include  "booze",  a  word 
that  has  an  interesting  historical  derivation.   In  the  1840s, 
whiskey  was  put  into  commemorative  bottles  that  became  popular 
collectors'  items.   One  of  these  bottles,  William  Henry  Harrison, 
was  filled  with  whiskey  by  a  distiller  named  E.  C.  Booz.   They 
became  known  as  Booze  bottles,  and  the  word  is  still  in  current 
usage  today. 

For  question  2,  responses  usually  include  "bum"  which  is 
usually  associated  with  a  person  living  on  the  bowery,  skid-row, 
or  in  the  streets.   In  reality,  less  than  5%  of  the  estimated 
10  million  alcoholics  in  the  United  States  are  found  there;  the 
remaining  95%   are  in  all  walks  of  life  and  are  family  members. 
For  each  person  with  a  drinking  problem,  three  or  four  others  in 
the  family  are  affected  (almost  20%  of  the  U.S.  population).   The 
U.S.  has  the  dubious  distinction  of  recently  having  become  the 
world  leader  regarding  the  proportion  of  problem  drinkers  in 
the  population. 

For  question  3,  responses  usually  include  "tanked",  "bombed", 
"blasted".   Point  out  the  destructive  nature  of  these  words  as 
related  to  the  effects  on  the  body  of  too  much  ethyl  alcohol 
intake.   Also  point  out  the  current  trend  toward  males  and 
females  having  almost  equal  numbers  of  drinking  problems  and  the 
increasingly  large  number  of  teenage  alcoholics. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION  from  American  School  Health  Association, 
Introducing  Alcohol  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  K-4, 
p.  12,  "Copyright  1978,  American  School  Health  Association, 
Kent,  Ohio" 44240. 


-26- 


Key  Concept:   Exploration  of  why  people  do  or  do  not  drink. 


WHY  PEOPLE  DO/DON'T  DRINK 

Alcohol  is  a  socially  accepted  drug  which  is  used  by  a 
large  percent  of  the  adult  population.   Children  need  to 
understand  at  an  early  age  why  some  people  drink  and  others 
choose  not  to.   This  activity  could  be  used  as  a  step  towards 
helping  children  develop  their  own  values  on  drinking. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Discuss  reasons  why  people  do  and  do  not  use  alcohol. 

2.  Students  individually  create  mobiles  whose  theme  is: 
Reasons  people  use  alcohol/reasons  people  do  not  use 
alcohol.   On  each  part  of  the  mobile  balance  a  reason 
for  using  alcohol  with  a  reason  against. 

3.  Have  the  students  illustrate  using  cartoon  people  and 
decorate  colorfully. 

4.  Share  the  mobiles  with  the  class. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  Grade  4,  1979,  p.  19.) 

-27- 


Key  Concepts: 


Awareness  that  alcoholism  is  a  disease. 
Awareness  that  alcoholics  are  not  "bad"  people, 


ALCOHOLISM  IS  A  DISEASE 

Society  often  portrays  alcoholics  as  being  "bad"  people 
who  drink  because  they  want  to.   More  currently,  however, 
alcoholism  is  being  viewed  as  a  disease. 

The  following  activity  was  designed  to  help  children  under- 
stand the  "disease"  concept  of  alcoholism.   This  activity  can  be 
particularly  helpful  for  children  who  live  with  alcoholic  parents 
and  are  afraid  to  admit  it. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Explain  that  a  disease  is  a  condition  which  hinders  the 
natural  functioning  of  the  body.   Have  a  box  filled  with 
cards  which  list  different  types  of  diseases.   Include 
alcoholism  in  the  box.   Have  each  child  draw  a  card  and 
tell  the  class  what  their  disease  is.   Ask  the  children 
to  tell  what  people  do  to  get  better  if  they  have  that 
disease.   Ask  them  where  they  can  go  to  get  help. 

2.  When  the  card  on  alcoholism  is  named,  explain  that  it 
is  considered  a  disease  because  even  though  alcoholics 
often  want  to  quit  drinking,  they  can't  because  of  the 
intense  craving  their  body  has  for  alcohol.   Discuss 
where  alcoholics  can  go  to  get  help. 

For  example: 


AA  (Alcoholics  Anonymous)  a  support  group  to  help 
people  not  drink 

Treatment  Centers  (special  hospitals  for  alcoholics] 


One  reason  that  many  alcoholics  do 
not  get  help  is  that  they  deny  that 
they  have  a  problem.   At  this  age, 
it  is  not  unlikely  that  the 
students  will  go  home  and  talk 
about  alcoholism  being  a 
disease.   Those  children  who 
are  living  with  an  alcoholic 
could  be  put  in  a  disturbing 
conflict  -  that  of  believing 
parents  or  teacher.   There- 
fore, teachers  should  be  aware 
of  this  and  touch  lightly 
on  the  problem  of  denial. 


-28- 


i> 


easwns 


Vdfues 
3-4 


DECISIONS  AND  VALUES 
3-4 


Decision-making  skills  need  to  be  developed  at  an  early  age 
and  continue  being  developed  throughout  life.   The  goal  in  teaching 
decision-making  skills  is  to  help  students  do  the  following: 

1.  Understand  their  role  in  making  decisions. 

2.  Recognize  other  people  who  can  help  them  make  decisions. 

3.  Realize  the  risks  involved  in  decision-making. 

The  process  of  making  decisions  involves  the  following 
steps  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) . 

1.  Defining  the  problem. 

2.  Exploring  possible  alternative  ways  of  resolving 
the  problem. 

3.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  the  choices. 

4.  Choosing  the  alternative. 

The  purpose  of  values  clarification  is  to  help  young  people 
build  their  own  value  system.   Louis  Rath,  who  formulated  the 
values  clarification  approach,  broke  the  process  of  valuing 
into  three  sub-processes  (Simon,  p.  19). 

1.  Prizing;   cherishing  to  the  point  of  being  willing 

to  publicly  affirm  a  belief. 

2.  Choosing:  looking  at  the  various  alternatives,  con- 

sidering the  consequences,  and  choosing  freely. 

3.  Acting:    consistently  and  repetitiously  acting  on 

one ' s  beliefs. 


-29- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  factors  which  help  us  make  decisions. 


MY  CHOICES 

Many  factors  determine  how  decisions  are  made.   Sometimes 
decisions  are  made  for  students  by  the  school,  by  their  parents, 
by  their  friends,  and  by  the  laws.   The  following  activity  will 
help  students  clarify  what  decisions  are  made  by  them  and  what 
decisions  are  made  by  others. 


ACTIVITY: 


Brainstorm  and  make  a  list  on  the  blackboard  of  others 
who  make  decisions  for  us.   Discuss  whether  this  is 
good  or  bad.   Ask  the  students  to  think  of  decisions 
they  have  made  for  themselves.   Have  the  students 
complete  the  handout  titled  "My  Choices". 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Taking  Risks:   Activities  &  Materials 
For  Teaching  About  Alcohol,  Other  Drugs,  &  Traffic  Safety, 
Book  I,  Elementary  Ed.  (California  State  Dept .  of  Education: 
Sacramento,  CA,  1979),  p.  6. 


-  30- 


My  Choices 


i 


Which  one  made  me  choose , 
Check  the  box. 


1 .  What  I  ate  for  breakfast  □ 

2.  Who  my  parents  are  |_J 

3.  Whether  I  came  to  school  or  not  I I 

4.  Who  I  sit  next  to  in  class  I I 

5.  Who  I  play  with  at  recess  I I 

6.  What  I  do  in  the  classroom  I I 

7.  The  things  I  have  fun  doing  all  day        I | 

8.  What  I  want  to  be  when  I  grow  up         I I 

9.  The  kinds  of  clothes  I  wear  I I 

1 0.  My  favorite  make  of  car  (if  I  have  one)    I I 

1 1 .  When  I  cross  the  street  I I 

1 2.  The  way  I  spent  the  last  money  I  had     I I 

1 3.  The  way  I  would  spend  $5.00  if  I  had  it  \Z\ 

14.  The  kinds  of  people  I  like  I I 

1 5.  The  toothpaste  I  like  I ! 


D 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
D 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 


II 

□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
D 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
□ 
D 
□ 
□ 


*J 

NO 

WS  OTHER  CHOICE 

□           □ 

D 

□           □ 

□ 

□           □ 

□ 

□           □ 

D 

D            □ 

□ 

□            □ 

□ 

□            D 

□ 

□            □ 

□ 

□            □ 

□ 

□            D 

D 

□            □ 

□ 

□            □ 

□ 

□            □ 

□ 

□             D 

□ 

D            □ 

□ 

Key  Concept:   Awareness  that  decision-making  involves  taking  risks 


RISK-TAKING 

Students  need  to  understand  that  some  decisions  are 
difficult  to  make  because  of  the  risk  involved.   To  determine 
how  risky  a  decision  is,  one  must  look  at  the  consequences. 

ACTIVITY: 

Hold  a  discussion  about  what  "taking  a  risk"  means.   Hand 
out  the  worksheet  entitled  "Risk-Taking".   Have  the  students 
mark  on  the  continuum  how  much  risk  is  involved  in  the  activities 
listed  on  the  worksheet. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Smith,  Arden  &  Others,  Giving  Kids 
A  Piece  of  the  Action,  (TACT:   Doylestown,  PA,  1977)  ,  p.  64 


-32- 


RISK-TAKING 


Decision 
To  not  do  homework 
Super  Risky 


To  cheat  on  a  test 
Super  Risky     i 


To  try  out  for  the  basketball  team 
Super  Risky     |    | 


To  ask  to  join  a  new  group  at  recess 
Super  Risky     |    i 


To  volunteer  to  be  chairman  of  a  committee 
Super  Risky     |    | 


To  tutor  a  younger  student  in  reading 
Super  Risky    j_ 


To  ask  the  teacher  a  personal  question 
Super  Risky    j 


To  tell  your  best  friend,  "No" 
Super  Risky 


To  spend  your  milk  money  on  ice  cream 
Super  Risky 


10.   To  run  down  the  hall 
Super  Risky 


W 


Risk  Involved 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


No  Risk  at  all 


-33- 


Key  Concept:   The  effects  of  peer  pressure  on  decision-making. 

JOHNNY  DARE -ME 

The  object  of  the  following  activity  is  to  help  students 
identify  how  peers  influence  their  decisions  and  behaviors,  and 
possible  ways  of  handling  peer  influence. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Read  "Johnny  Dare-Me"  story  on  the  following  page. 

2.  Hold  a  discussion  using  the  following  questions: 

*  What  did  Johnny's  friend  tell  him  to  do? 

*  What  were  Johnny's  choices? 

*  Why  do  you  think  Johnny  listened  to  his  friend  even 
though  he  knew  he  would  get  into  trouble? 

*  Why  do  you  think  Johnny  didn't  scribble  on  the  drawing 
the  last  time? 

*  How  do  you  think  the  friend  felt  about  Johnny  when 
he  didn't  scribble  on  the  drawing? 

*  How  do  you  feel  when  you  don't  think  someone  likes 
you?   How  do  you  feel  when  one  of  your  friends  won't 
do  something  you  want  him/her  to  do? 

*  What  can  you  do  if  your  friends  tell  you  to  do  some- 
thing you  don't  want  to  do  or  you  think  is  wrong  to  do? 

3.  Have  children  role-play  the  story  showing  alternative 
ways  Johnny  might  handle  the  situation.   Role-play  other 
examples  of  peer  influence  often  occurring  in  the  classroom. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  K-6  , 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  Grades  K-l,  1979),  pp.  19-20. 


-34- 


JOHNNY  DAKE-ME 


This  story  is  about  Johnny  Dare-Me.   He  was  (5,  6,  7)  years 
old.   He  lived  in  a  house  a  lot  like  yours.   Johnny  had  one 
friend  with  whom  he  did  everything — but,  you  know  what?   Johnny 
was  always  getting  into  trouble.   The  first  time  I  met  Johnny 
was  the  first  day  of  school.   I  found  him  running  and  pushing 
and  knocking  down  the  other  kids  coming  to  school.   Johnny  said 
his  friend  told  him  to  do  it.   Johnny  and  I  had  a  long  talk 
about  the  kinds  of  things  he  could  do  at  school  and  the  kinds 
of  things  he  couldn't  do.   He  agreed  not  to  run  and  push  anymore 
because  it  isn't  safe. 

But,  a  little  while  later,  I  found  him  knocking  down 
block  buildings  which  belonged  to  other  children.   It  turned 
out  that  he  was  dared  to  do  it  by  his  so-called  friend.   Another 
time,  Johnny  landed  in  the  nurse's  office  after  his  friend  dared 
him  to  drink  some  whiskey  and  it  made  him  sick.   Johnny  kept 
getting  into  trouble,  thanks  to  his  friend,  because  he  always 
did  whatever  his  friend  said. 

Then  one  day  I  heard  someone  tell  Johnny  to  start  thinking 
for  himself  and  stop  listening  to  his  friend.   Later  that  day, 
Johnny  came  to  me  and  told  me  his  friend  had  told  him  to  go  and 
scribble  on  someone  else's  drawing  and  he  didn't  do  it. 


-35- 


Key  Concept:   Evaluation  of  risk  factors  and  consequences  of 
decision-making . 


DECISION-MAKING:   WHAT  WOULD  YOU  DO? 

The  following  activities  were  designed  to  improve  student 
decision-making  abilities,  clarify  attitudes  and  values,  and 
develop  social  responsibility. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Make  copies  of  "What  Would  You  Do?"  and  distribute  to 
the  students.   For  each  situation  have  them  (a)  write 
all  the  alternatives  possible;  (b)  write  the  risks 
associated  with  each  alternative;  (c)  make  a  list  of 
places  to  find  more  alternatives  for  advice;  (d)  make 
a  decision  and  list  the  reasons  for  the  decision. 

2.  Do  one  problem  orally  as  a  class;  e.g., 

You  were  playing  baseball  with  a  group  of  friends  near 
the  school.   You  hit  the  ball  harder  than  you  intended 
and  broke  a  school  window.   You  think  that  the  friends 
you  are  playing  with  are  the  only  ones  who  saw  it 
happen.   What  would  you  do? 

a.  Alternatives  c.   Sources  of  help 

b.  Risks  d.   Your  decision 

3.  Distribute  the  worksheets  and  have  the  class  work  individ- 
ually to  complete  them.   When  everyone  has  finished, 
discuss  as  a  class.   Make  a  composite  list  of  all  the 
alternatives,  risks,  and  places  to  find  help.   Discuss 
differences  in  the  risk  factors  and  decisions  listed 

by  students.   How  might  thinking  about  risks  first 
influence  your  decisions? 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  Grade  4,  1979),  pp.  23-24. 

-36- 


->Tp~*. 


II i  j  hi  n  mivn  in  n  itm  imth  i  t  n  i  in 


WHAT  WOULD  YOU  DO? 

You  are  a  member  of  the  school  safety  patrol.   Your  partner 
has  left  the  post  early  for  a  dental  appointment.   Just  as 
you  are  getting  ready  to  leave,  a  car  runs  into  the  street 
sign  on  the  corner.   The  driver  appears  to  be  seriously  hurt, 
and  the  car  is  blocking  traffic.   What  would  you  do? 

Alternatives: 

Risks: 

Help: 

Your  Decision: 


You're  visiting  a  friend.   He/she  shows  you  the  place  where 
his/her  parents  keep  their  liquor.   Your  friend  says ,  "Hey! 
Let's  make  a  drink!   I  know  how.   I've  seen  Mom  and  Dad  mix 
lots  of  them."   The  two  of  you  are  alone  in  the  house.   What 
would  you  do? 

Alternatives : 

Risks: 

Help: 

Your  Decision: 


-37- 


At  Christmas  time  the  PTA  volunteered  their  time  and  painted 
the  hallways  and  rooms  in  your  school.  They  look  much  nicer, 
and  you  are  proud  of  your  PTA.  One  night  after  school,  your 
best  friend  takes  a  crayon  and  writes  all  over  the  new  walls 
in  a  fit  of  anger.  You  are  the  only  one  who  saw  your  friend 
do  it.   What  would  you  do? 

Alternatives: 

Risks : 

Help: 

Your  Decision: 


-38- 


SELF-CONCEPT 
3-4 


A  main  reason  for  drinking  is  the  feelings  of  well-being 
one  gets  from  alcohol.   Development  of  a  positive  self-esteem 
without  the  use  of  alcohol  is  crucial  in  the  prevention  of 
alcohol  abuse.   The  process  of  developing  students'  self-esteem 
include  activities  which  do  the  following  (It  Starts  With 
People,  p.  24) . 

1.  Help  students  recognize  and  accept  feelings. 

2.  Help  individuals  share  aspects  of  themselves. 

3.  Help  students  accept  individual  differences. 


-39- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  both  positive  and  negative  aspects 
of  oneself. 


INDIVIDUAL  STRENGTHS  &  WEAKNESSES 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  assess  good 
and  bad  qualities  within  themselves. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hand  out  the  worksheet  titled  "My  Strengths  and 
Weaknesses".   After  the  students  complete  the  worksheet 
talk  to  the  students  about  how  all  of  us  have  good 
and  bad  points.   Have  them  share  with  the  rest  of  the 
class  a  strength  which  they  have.   Talk  about  how 
weaknesses  can  be  improved. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  Grade  4,  1979),  p.  5. 


-40- 


MY  STRENGTHS  AND  WEAKNESSES 


I.   1.   I  feel  good  when 


says  I 


2.   I  feel  left  out  when 


doesn't  choose  me  for 


3.  I  feel  important  when  I 

4 .  I  get  angry  when  


corrects  me  on 


5. 


me  feel 


6.   It's  disappointing  when 


usually  makes 


doesn't  notice 


7.   No  matter  how  hard  I  try,  I  never 


One  thing  I  really  enjoy  is 


II. 


III. 


List  at  least  one  weakness  you  have, 
improve  yourself  in  that  area. 


Tell  how  you  could 


-41- 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-concept  through  exploration 
of  good  feelings. 


SOMETHING  TO  SOMERSAULT  ABOUT 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  reflect  on  things 
which  make  them  feel  good  about  themselves. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hold  a  discussion  about  good  feelings.   Ask  the 
students  how  they  like  to  act  when  they  are  feeling 
good.   Ask  them  if  they  ever  feel  like  running, 
jumping,  cartwheeling,  or  somersaulting.   Have  the 
students  list  those  things  that  make  them  feel  good 
on  the  following  handout.   Encourage  the  students 
to  underline  the  activity  which  makes  them  feel 
happiest. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Stanish,  Bob,  Connecting  Rainbows, 
(Good  Apple,  Inc.:   Carthage,  II.,  1982),  p.  46. 


-42- 


in?  t liiit  t mm  rut 
Mas  wumMwmtm  ti§»t 


»..  »i 


Underline  the  liappiesf 


somersaii 

-43- 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-concept  by  encouraging  students 
to  say  positive,  caring  things  to  each  other. 


PAPER  CHAINS 

The  following  activities  will  encourage  children  to  develop 
the  habit  of  saying  positive,  caring  things  to  each  other  which 
will  contribute  to  the  creation  of  an  affective  environment. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Stock  an  activity  center  or  other  designated  area  with 
a  large  supply  of  1"  X  8"  construction  paper  strips  in 
assorted  colors.   Store  them  in  coffee  cans,  oatmeal 
cartons,  or  similar  cylindrical  containers  for  easy 
access.   Have  a  supply  of  paste  on  hand.   Each  time  a 
child  hears  someone  make  a  positive  comment  or  sees 

a  caring  gesture,  he/she  should  write  the  name  of  the 
person  and  the  comment  or  gesture  on  one  of  the  strips 
of  paper.   Have  the  children  paste  the  ends  of  the 
first  strip  together  to  form  a  ring.   Have  them  pass 
the  next  strip  through  the  ring  and  paste  the  ends 
together  to  begin  the  chain.   Have  them  continue  in 
this  way,  adding  links  to  either  end  of  the  chain. 
As  the  chain  grows ,  the  children  will  have  tangible 
evidence  of  all  their  happy,  positive  statements  and 
caring  gestures. 

2.  Display  the  children's  paper  chains  in  the  classroom. 
Place  them  at  a  height  the  children  can  easily  reach. 
Encourage  them  to  continue  to  add  links  to  the  chain 
regularly.   (Make  sure  each  student  is  recognized) . 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Borba ,  Michele  &  Craig;  Self-Esteem: 

A  Classroom  Affair,  Vol.  2,  (Winston  Press,  Inc.:   Minneapolis, 

MN,  1982)  ,  p.  31. 


-44- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  behavioral  actions  which  make  other 
people  feel  good. 

I  SAW  SOMEBODY  DOING  SOMETHING  GOOD 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  recognize  how 
their  behaviors  will  make  them  and  others  feel.   Students 
will  learn  social  responsibility. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Discuss  what  people  notice  about  other  people,  especially 
in  class  and  at  recess.   Often  negative  behaviors  receive 
much  attention  and  people  who  "behave"  without  drawing 
attention  to  themselves  in  a  negative  way  are  ignored. 

2.  Cover  a  bulletin  board  with  butcher  paper.   Tell  the 
students  that  for  a  certain  amount  of  time  you'd  like 
them  to  keep  an  eye  open  for  people  doing  positive, 
considerate,  neat  things  at  school  (or  at  home) .   When 
they  see  somebody  doing  something  good,  they  write  the 
name  of  the  student  and  what  the  student  did  on  the 
bulletin  and  sign  their  name  next  to  their  comments. 

3.  Each  day  at  intervals  the  teacher  and  class  comment  on 
the  additions  to  the  board  reinforcing  the  one  who  did 
something  good  and  the  one  who  noticed  it.   Students 
can  discuss  how  it  makes  them  feel  about  themselves 
when  others  notice  the  good  things  they  do  and  comment 
on  it.   How  do  students  feel  about  themselves  when 
others  comment  only  on  negative  things?   Is  it  okay  to 
like  yourself? 

4.  When  the  butcher  paper  is  full,  let  each  student  cut 
out  the  statements  about  him/herself  doing  good  things 
and  paste  them  on  a  sheet  of  paper.   Each  student  can 
add  to  his/her  own  paper  other  good  things  he/she  has 
done  during  the  same  time  period  that  weren't  noticed. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt.,  Grade  4,  1979), p.  1. 

-45- 


Hkokol  6JuQtion 


INTRODUCTION 

As  students  reach  pre-teen  ages,  they  may  begin  to  notice 
older  students  experimenting  with  alcohol  and/or  may  begin 
experimenting  themselves.   The  interest  in  alcohol  is  going  to 
greatly  increase,  hence  this  is  a  crucial  time  to  help  students 
distinguish  between  facts  and  fallacies  about  alcohol.   Key 
educational  alcohol  concepts  to  stress  at  this  age  include: 

1.  Vocabulary  terms  related  to  alcohol. 

2.  Facts  and  myths  about  alcohol. 

3.  Physical  and  psychological  effects  of  alcohol. 

4.  The  effects  of  the  mass  media  on  drinking  behavior. 

5.  Views  which  our  society  holds  concerning  alcohol. 


-46- 


Key  Concept:   Knowledge  of  common  vocabulary  words  related 
to  alcohol. 


AN  ALCOHOL  VOCABULARY 

Waiting  until  students  reach  the  age  where  they  begin 
experimenting  with  alcohol  is  too  late.   Students  need  a  clear 
working  knowledge  about  alcohol  before  they  enter  the  difficult, 
adolescent,  junior  high  years. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Hand  out  a  copy  of  the  "Knowing  Now  Vocabulary  Sheet". 
Discuss  the  definition  of  each  term  as  it  relates  to 
alcohol  with  the  class. 

2.  Alcohol  Vocabulary  Card  Game:   Print  the  definition  of 
each  alcohol  vocabulary  word  on  the  front  of  3"  by  5" 
index  cards.   Print  the  appropriate  word  on  the  back 
of  the  card.   Use  the  cards  in  the  following  ways: 

a.  Use  as  an  activity  for  individuals  to  learn 
the  definitions  of  alcohol  related  words  at 
an  alcohol  education  station. 

b.  Using  2  sets  of  cards, have  races  between  two 
students  to  see  who  can  write  down  the  correct 
words  for  the  definitions  fastest. 

c.  Have  students  team  up  and  use  the  cards  to  test 
each  others  knowledge  of  the  terms. 

3.  Once  the  students  have  an  understanding  of  all  the 
vocabulary  terms,  have  them  complete  the  "Knowing 
Now  Alcohol  Crossword  Puzzle." 


-47- 


KNOWING  NOW 
Alcohol  Vocabulary  Sheet 


STIMULANT: 

DEPRESSANT: 

INTOXICATED: 

FERMENTATION: 

ABSORPTION: 

PROHIBITION: 

DISTILLING: 
HARD-LIQUOR: 
HANGOVER: 
BLACKOUT : 
DETOXIFICATION: 
DELIRIUM-TREMORS : 

CIRRHOSIS  OF  THE  LIVER: 

ALATEEN : 
AA: 

ALANON : 
TREATMENT : 


speeds  up  the  central  nervous  system 

slows  down  the  central  nervous  system 

drunk 

the  process  by  which  wine  and  beer  are  made 

the  way  alsohol  enters  the  bloodstream 
from  the  stomach  and  small  intestines 

a  period  in  American  history  when  it 
was  illegal  to  make  or  sell  alcoholic 
beverages 

the  process  of  evaporation  to  separate 
alcohol  from  water 

distilled  beverages  such  as  whiskey 
or  brandy 

sick  feeling  experienced  after  drinking 
too  much,  usually  felt  the  next  day 

temporary  amnesia  (forgetting)  which 
occurs  while  drinking 

the  process  of  withdrawing  from  alcohol; 
"drying  out" 

symptoms  such  as  hallucinations,  uncon- 
trolable  shaking,  terror,  and  agitation 
when  an  alcoholic  suddenly  stops  drinking 

scar  tissue  replaces  healthy  tissue  in 
the  liver  as  a  result  of  drinking  too 
much  for  a  long  period  of  time. 

a  support  group  designed  for  teenagers 
who  live  with  an  alcoholic 

a  support  group  for  alcoholics  called 
Alcoholics  Anonymous 

a  support  group  for  family  members  other 
than  the  alcoholic 

care  given  to  alcoholics  v/ho  are 
trying  to  stop  drinking 


-48- 


KNOWING  NOW 
Alcohol  Crossword  Puzzle 

DOWN: 

1  —  short  for  toddler 

2  —  distilled  beverages  such  as  whiskey  and  brandy 

3  —  slows  down  the  central  nervous  system 

4  —  temporary  amnesia  (forgetting)  which  occurs  while  drinking 

5  --  what  we  ski  on 

7  —  another  word  for  intoxication 

8  —  opposite  of  ugly 

10  —  opposite  of  short 
13  --  opposite  of  no 

ACROSS: 

1  —  what  a  child  plays  with 

2  —  unpleasant  physical  sensations  experienced  after  drinking 

too  much 

5  --  speeds  up  the  central  nervous  system 

6  —  short  for  daddy 

8  —  a  period  in  American  history  when  it  was  illegal  to  make 

or  sell  alcoholic  beverages 

9  —  a  small  insect 

11  —  what  we  sleep  in  when  camping  out 

12  --  the  need  to  increase  the  dosage  to  achieve  the  same  effect 


•49- 


KNOWING    NOW 


i 

Ul 

o 

I 


Alcohol    Crossward    Puzzle 


KNOWING   NOW 


i 


Answer    Sheet 

Alcohol    Crossward    Puzzle 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  common  myths  about  alcohol  and  why 
they  are  myths. 


MYTHS  ABOUT  ALCOHOL 

Students  are  sometimes  misinformed  about  alcohol  by  peers 
and  others.  The  following  activity  is  designed  to  dispel  some 
of  the  more  common  myths  about  drinking. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Hold  a  discusssion  about  what  a  myth  is.   Make  sure 
all  students  have  a  clear  understanding  of  the 
meaning  of  the  word. 

2.  Hand  out  a  copy  of  "Drinking  Myths".   Have  individual 
students  read  the  myths  aloud.   Discuss  why  each  one 
is  a  myth. 

3.  Design  "Drinking  Myth"  posters. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Myths  taken  directly  from  Dolan,  Joe, 
"Drinking  Myths",  Health  Education,  Mar/April,  197  5,  Vol.  6, 
#2,  pp.  16-17. 

-52- 


Drinking  Myths 

A  guided  tour  through  folklore, 
fantasy,  humbug  &  hogwash 


A 

5  «»  °  "  "■ 


•ftl 


*/>,:*'«'* 


"Wfc 


"»Oc 


5)  V? 


*.»_£.£  5* 


'"'y 


i?.c 


-0*° 


iC\s 


...flSg^5- 


C  A^   «»   tr  £    A 


JilS 


p  «■  ■■ 


55^- 


*;?  oP& 


<£ 


a*' 


jtert*- 


sr*?\<p\<p 


.* 


»°, 


*-* 


*C*°'o, 


*># 


P«SW 


<^V 


^ 


% 


0  ^ 


S»T 


l"? 


rijtf 


£\ 


<"«£** 


'nk 


on 


O  -C  tr  (- 


9 


.<? 


o\°   O^ 
O   3> 


•*!5*»a 


vy°'- 


c  <Z)  o  c  ^ 


s^ 


.* 


"It's  only  beer."  Sure.  Just  like  it's  only 
bourbon,  or  vodka  or  gin.  One  beer  or 
one  glass  of  wine  is  about  equal  to  one 
average  "highball."  The  effect  might  be 
a  little  slower,  but  you'll  get  just  as 
drunk  on  beer  or  wine  as  on  "hard" 
liquor. 


g*.  £  Sr  £     mo 

<9  $    t3    :?  5:         <  C     - 


<3P^ 


'*3 

to »)  c  if 


•9  SJc 


ff 


°£g 


17 


"I  don't  know  any  alcoholics."  Maybe 
you  just  don't  know  you  know  any 
alcoholics.  Some  of  your  best  friends 
may  have  drinking  problems.  They 
don't  seem  "different."  And  they  us- 
ually try  to  hide  their  illness,  even  from 
themselves.  About  1  of  every  10  execu- 

tivo*  ha«  a  rlnnkinn  nrnMpm 

-53- 


By  JoeDolan 

Senior  Program  Manager 

nnpratinn  Threshold 


Key  Concepts:   Increase  knowledge  of  the  effects  of  alcohol  on 

a  person. 
Improve  decision-making  ability. 

THE  TRIAL  OF  MR.  ALCOHOL 

The  following  activity  is  a  means  of  getting  students 
actively  involved  in  thinking  about  the  physical  and  psychological 
effects  that  alcohol  has  on  the  body.   It  is  also  a  good  way  to 
encourage  them  to  think  about  their  views  on  alcohol  use. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Make  copies  of  the  courtroom  procedure  worksheet  on 
the  following  page. 

2.  Discuss  briefly  some  of  the  different  points  of  view 
people  have  about  alcohol.   Is  alcohol  innocent  or 
guilty?   Discuss  the  trial  of  Mr.  Alcohol  as  a  way  of 
determining  the  verdict.   Have  students  share  what 
they  have  read  or  seen  about  courtroom  proceedings . 

3.  Distribute  role  cards  to  the  students  and  give  them  a 
day  to  prepare  their  roles. 

4.  Conduct  the  trial  (see  following  page).   A  major  point 
to  be  made  during  the  trial  is  that  although  people 
come  under  considerable  pressure  to  drink,  drinking  is 
a  personal  choice. 

5.  After  the  trial,  discuss  the  following  questions  with 
the  class: 

a.  Do  you  agree  with  the  jury's  verdict?   Why  or  why  not? 

b.  What  do  you  think  would  happen  if  alcohol  were  really 
put  on  trial  in  our  society? 

c.  Do  you  think  it  would  be  possible  to  ban  alcohol? 
If  so,  how?   If  not,  why  not? 

d.  Since  alcohol  has  both  good  and  bad  effects,  how 
do  you  think  we  should  deal  with  it? 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:    Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt.,  Grade  6,  1979),  pp.  38-40. 

-54- 


THE  TRIAL  OF  MR.  ALCOHOL 


Distribute  role  cards  to  the  students.   No  one  except  the 
witnesses  should  reveal  their  role  description.   The  wit- 
nesses for  the  prosecution  should  show  their  roles  to  the 
prosecuting  attorney.   The  witnesses  for  the  defense  should 
show  theirs  to  the  defense  attorney.   There  are  30  roles: 
prosecuting  attorney,  defense  attorney,  7  witnesses  for  the 
prosecution,  6  witnesses  for  the  defense,  judge,  court  clerk, 
bailiff,  12  jury  members.   The  number  of  witnesses  on  each 
side  can  be  expanded  as  necessary  to  give  every  student  a 
role.   Major  roles  are  the  prosecuting  attorney  and  the 
defense  attorney.   It  may  be  helpful  to  assign  those  roles 
to  students  who  can  perform  well  in  front  of  a  group  and 
think  quickly. 

Students  should  have  one  day  to  prepare  their  roles. 

The  setting  is  a  courtroom  where  Mr.  Alcohol  is  being 
accused  of  the  crime  of  ruining  people's  lives,  causing 
family  problems,  health  problems,  job  loss,  traffic 
accidents  and  death. 

Prior  to  the  trial,  review  the  basic  vocabulary  of  court- 
room procedure;  e.g.,  objection,  objection  overruled, 
verdict,  defendant,  defense  attorney,  prosecuting  attorney,  etc 

Distribute  courtroom  procedure  worksheets  (see  following 
page)  to  the  class.   As  the  trial  progresses,  students 
should  check  off  each  step  on  their  worksheets  and  use  the 
space  at  the  bottom  of  the  worksheets  for  questions  or 
points  they'd  like  to  discuss  after  the  trial.   Or,  rather 
than  assigning  a  role  card  to  each  student,  some  students 
could  be  asked  to  be  observers  at  the  trial  and  use  the 
worksheet  to  make  sure  courtroom  procedures  are  being  followed. 

Actual  courtroom  procedure  in  a  criminal  case  requires  that 
the  jury  decision  be  unanimous .   However,  if  classroom 
time  for  the  trial  is  limited,  it  may  be  preferable  to  use 
the  civil  case  courtroom  procedure  which  requires  10  out 
of  12  jurors  to  agree  on  the  verdict  rather  than  all  of 
the  jurors.   The  judge  should  announce  to  the  jury  before 
they  retire  to  deliberate  the  number  of  jurors  who  must 
agree  on  the  verdict. 


-55- 


COURTROOM  PROCEDURE  -  TRIAL  OF  MR.  ALCOHOL 


9 .   When  the  jury  returns  the  foreman  presents  the  verdict. 

19.   The  judge  then  rules  on  the  verdict. 
If  not  guilty,  the  case  is  dismissed. 

If  guilty,  the  judge  may  make  a  statement  and/or  give 
the  sentence.  

NOTES: 


-56- 


1. 

All 

should  be  seated  in  their  places. 

2. 

The 

1 
bailiff  announces  the  arrival  of  the  judge.   All  rise. 

3. 

The 

judge  will  request  those  in  the  courtroom  to  be  seated. 

4. 

The 

bailiff  will  then  read  the  charges  against  the  defendant. 

5. 

The 

defendant  will  state  his/her  plea  (guilty  or  not  guilty) . 

6. 

The 

judge  then  instructs  the  prosecution  to  present  its  case. 

a. 

The  prosecution  will  make  an  opening  statement. 

b. 

The  prosecution  will  call  its  witnesses. 

c. 

The  bailiff  will  swear  in  the  witnesses. 

d. 

After  the  prosecution  has  questioned  a  witness,  the 
defense  may  cross-examine  if  desired. 

e. 

After  all  witnesses  have  testified,  the  prosecution 
gives  a  summary  and  rests  its  case. 

n 

The 

judge  then  instructs  the  defense  to  present  its  case. 

a. 

The  defense  calls  its  witnesses. 

b. 

The  prosecution  may  cross-examine  if  so  desired. 

c. 

After  all  the  witnesses  have  been  called,  the  defense 
gives  a  summary  and  rests  its  case. 

8. 

The  judge  instructs  the  jury  about  their  responsibility  to 
decide  this  case. 

a. 

i 
The  jury  then  retires  to  deliberate. 

b. 

The  jury  elects  a  spokesperson  or  foreman. 

c. 

They  then  make  their  verdict  of  guilty  or  not  guilty. 

Key  Concept:   How  ingrained  and  accepted  alcohol  is  in  our  society, 


"DRUNK"  SYNONYM  GAME 

There  are,  reportedly,  more  synonyms  for  the  word  "drunk" 
than  for  any  other  word  in  the  English  language.   These  words 
say  something  about  how  ingrained  and  accented  alcohol  is  in 
our  society.   To  begin  this  game  open  the  floor  to  any  and  all 
synonyms  for  the  word  "drunk".   As  the  students  call  them  out, 
write  them  on  the  blackboard. 

Examples: 

juiced  inebriated 

plastered  pickled 

polluted  under  the  table 

zonked  smashed 

blasted  loaded 

tight  intoxicated 

To  better  see  how  our  society  views  drunkenness,  make 
another  list  in  categories.   This  can  be  done  as  a  class  or  as 
an  assignment  for  each  individual.   The  categories  could  be: 
technical-medical,  funny-happy,  tragic-sad,  and  neutral. 
Discuss  the  implications.   Invariably  the  funny-happy  category 
is  the  largest. 

To  extend  this  activity,  students  can  name  plays,  movies, 

comic  strips,  TV  shows,  and  people  in  which  (or  whom)  alcohol 

plays  an  integral  part,  then  categorize  them,  the  same  way  they 
did  the  synonyms. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Corbin,  David  E. ,  "Health  Games, 
Simulations  &  Activities",  Health  Education,  July/Aug. 
1980,  Vol.  11,  #4,  p.  26. 


-57- 


Key  Concept: 


Exploration  of  how  the  Mass  Media  affects  views 
on  drinking. 


MASS  MEDIA  AND  DRINKING 

The  mass  media  often  depicts  drinking  as  being  very 
glamorous  and  cool.   This  activity  was  designed  to  help  students 
become  aware  of  how  the  mass  media  tries  to  sell  the  glamors  of 
drinking  to  the  public. 

Select  a  bulletin  board  in  the  classroom.   Divide  the 
bulletin  board  into  two  sections  as  illustrated  below: 


DRINKING  IS  COOL  \  \ 

\  \   DRINKING  IS  NOT  COOL 

Have  the  students  find  as  many  examples  through  the  mass 
media  as  possible  depicting  that  drinking  is  cool.   Have  them 
collect  pictures  from  magazines,  make  posters  illustrating  TV 
ads,  and  design  signs  with  radio  commercials  on  them  which 
encourage  drinking.   Place  this  information  on  the  side  of  the 
bulletin  board  which  says  "Drinking  is  Cool".    On  the  side  which 
says  "Drinking  is  Not  Cool",  place  examples  of  some  of  the  conse- 
quences which  make  drinking  unpleasant. 

The  teacher  may  want  to  ask  the  following  questions  when 
the  preceding  activity  has  been  completed: 

1.  How  much  does  the  mass  media  affect  our  views  on 
drinking? 

2.  V7as  the  media  used  at  all  to  depict  the  possible 
harmful  consequences  of  drinking? 


-58- 


Key  Concept:   Society  views  on  alcoholism. 


"HELP  ME"  STORY 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  evaluate 
the  views  that  people  in  our  society  have  about  alcoholism. 

ACTIVITY: 

Hand  out  the  following  story  called  "Help  Me".   Have  the 
students  complete  the  story.   Have  individuals  share  their 
ending  of  the  story  with  the  rest  of  the  class.   Hand  out  the 
actual  story  ending.   Hold  a  discussion  on  how  people  view 
"drunk"  from  a  Saturday  night  party  as  opposed  to  "drunk" 
at  nine  o-clock  in  the  morning.   Which  would  be  classified 
as  an  alcoholic? 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "Help  Me",  Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division, 
State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  For  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  MT,  1979) ,  pp.  1416. 

-59- 


«&\ 


bQfitH 

1  it  It ' 

a  c  a  o  i  i 


HELP    ME! 


It  was  a  strange  feeling  for  Mr.  Tom  Kaye  as  he  walked  down 
the  street.   The  buildings  swayed  and  the  sidewalk  moved  and  he 
realized  he  wasn't  walking  straight.   So,  apparently,  did  people 
in  the  street.   As  he  walked  slowly  and  unsteadily  toward  a  neatly- 
dressed  woman,  she  gasped  and  walked  rapidly  away.   Tom  stopped. 
He  looked  around  and  uttered  a  quiet  "mish-ter",  but  nobody  seemed 
to  hear.   Several  passers-by  just  kept  walking  as  if  he  didn't  exist. 

He  was  not  well-dressed  although  he  was  neat  and  he  carried  the 
bag  of  a  salesman.   It  was  true,  he  was  sad.   He  worked  very  hard, 
starting  at  dawn,  not  returning  home  till  evening.   But  even 
working  more  than  12  hours  a  day  did  not  get  him  very  far.   He 
still  barely  earned  enough  money  to  support  his  wife  and  child, 
and  he  was  worried  about  how  they  would  feed  another  mouth  when 
the  new  baby  came  in  a  few  months.   And  now  this.   He  didn't 
understand  it.  He  had  never  been  sick  before. 


-60- 


Tom  walked  up  to  a  well-dressed  gentleman,  began  to  say 
"Mish-ter",  but  the  man  simply  shook  his  head,  said  "It's  too 
bad,  fellow",  and  continued  walking.   He  was  kindly  enough  but 
of  no  help. 

Tom  stood  still  waiting  for  someone  else  to  pass  by.   As 
soon  as  he  spotted  a  young  man  about  his  own  age,  he  called  out, 
"Mish-ter,  please...",  but  the  man  cut  him  off  in  mid-sentence. 
"Serves  you  right",  he  said.   "And  so  early  in  the  day.   If  you 
must  drink,  at  least  do  it  at  night."   And  he  walked  away  with  a 
scowl  on  his  face. 

Even  in  his  cloudy  brain,  Tom  realized  he  must  get  help.   He 
wasted  no  words  on  the  next  passer-by,  an  older  woman  who  looked 
very  dignified.   "I'm  sick,  madam",  he  said.   "Please..."   "You 
certainly  are,"  she  replied.   "Anybody  who  drinks  too  much  is", 
and  she  continued  walking,  her  head  high  in  the  air. 

By  now,  Tom  was  reeling.   He  could  barely  stand  up.   He 
really  felt  sick,  but  nobody  would  help.   He  was  certain  he  was 
going  to  pass  out,  when  he  saw  a  man  standing  in  the  doorway  of  a 
warehouse  about  4  0  feet  away.   In  desperation,  he  made  his  legs 
move,  hoping  to  reach  the  doorway  before  the  man  disappeared  or 
Tom  himself  collapsed.   It  seemed  like  hours,  but  he  finally  made 
it.   There  stood  a  tall,  muscular  guy,  smoking  a  cigar,  a  smile 
on  his  face. 

"I'm  sick,"  Tom  said.   "Please  help." 

The  man  (the  name  "Jack"  was  embroidered  on  his  work  clothes) 
said,  "Yeah,  go  home  and  sleep  it  off.   I've  had  a  few  too  many 
myself  at  times,"  and  he  laughed. 

"But. . . . I. . . .can' t . . . . I 'm  really  sick. . . .Please. . . . get. . .help, " 

Tom  gasped. 

-61- 


Jack  laughed  again.   "It  sure  is  awful  after  the  'high'  wears 
off,"  he  said. 

"Please...,"  Tom  pleaded.   "Call. ...  for  ....  help. ..., "  and 
he  pointed  unsteadily  to  a  telephone  behind  Jack. 

Complete  the  story  by  describing  what,  if  anything,  Jack 
does  and  what  happens  to  Tom. 

ACTUAL  STORY  ENDING  (Distribute  after  students  have  discussed 
the  completions  they  wrote) 

Jack  finally  dialed.   Maybe  the  guy  was  on  the  level.   Jack 
realized  he  didn't  smell  of  alcohol,  and  he  couldn't  be  100%  sure. 

The  ambulance  raced  through  the  streets  to  the  nearest 
hospital.   In  the  emergency  room  Tom  was  promptly  examined.   The 
doctor  rushed  him  into  an  oxygen  tent  and  relaxed  when  he  saw 
his  breathing  was  easier. 

He  said  to  a  nurse,  "Haven't  seen  a  case  like  this  in  years. 
A  collapsed  lung.   He's  lucky  he  got  here  when  he  did.   It'll 
be  weeks  before  the  lung  heals.   He'll  be  here  for  awhile." 

When  Mrs.  Kaye  arrived,  Tom  was  comfortable  and  awake.  Still, 
he  found  it  difficult  to  speak,  but  slowly  he  said,  "They  thought. 
I  was. ...  drunk.   Can  you. ...  imagine. ...  that?" 

All  he  ever  had  was  a  little  wine  at  religious  ceremonies. 
He  had  never  drunk  hard  liquor  in  his  life,  not  even  a  taste. 

This  is  a  true  story. 


-62- 


Key  Concept:   Sensitivity  to  alcoholics, 


EMPATHIZING  WITH  ALCOHOLICS 

Have  students  actually  abstain  (or  imagine  what  it  would  be 
like  to  abstain)  from  one  or  more  very  desirable  activities  to 
get  an  idea  of  what  it  might  feel  like  to  be  an  alcoholic  -  being 
unable  to  resist  an  overwhelming  temptation.   Examples  might  include 

*Using  no  salt  and/or  sugar  in  food. 

*Not  smoking  cigarettes. 

*Not  drinking  alcoholic  beverages. 

*Not  using  the  telephone. 

*Not  eating  candy. 

*Not  sleeping  late  on  weekends. 

*Not  watching  TV. 

*Not  drinking  Coke  or  other  soft  drinks. 

*Not  engaging  in  a  favorite  sport. 

Each  participant  can  select  one  or  more  activities  and  attempt 
to  abstain  from  them  for  an  agreed  upon  length  of  time,  depending 
on  the  activity  and  its  importance  to  the  participant's  needs  and 
health.   At  the  end  of  the  agreed  period,  participants  can  write 
accounts  of,  or  report  to  the  group  on: 

*Whether  or  not  they  succeeded. 

*Whether  they  were  confronted  with  the  opportunity  to  "lapse" 

and  whether  their  will  power  diminished  in  the  presence  of 

the  "forbidden"  activity  or  object. 
*Their  feelings  during  the  period  of  abstinence  .  .  .  such  as 

boredom,  frustration,  anger,  grouchiness,  preoccupation 

with  or  fantasies  about  the  forbidden  activity,  or  jealousy 

toward  others  who  were  not  abstaining. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Finn,  Peter,  and  others,  Dial  A-L-C-O-H-O-L 
and  Jackson  Junior  High,  (Abt.  Associates.:   Cambridge,  Mass., 
1977) ,  p.  33. 


-63- 


A 


east  ons 


Values 

5-6 


DECISIONS  AND  VALUES 
5-6 


Decision  -  making  skills  need  to  be  developed  at  an  early 
age  and  continue  being  developed  throughout  life.   The  goal  in 
teaching  decision-making  skills  is  to  help  students  do  the  following. 

1.  Understand  their  role  in  making  decisions. 

2.  Recognize  other  people  who  can  help  them  make  decisions. 

3.  Realize  the  risks  involved  in  decision-making. 

The  process  of  making  decisions  involves  the  following 
steps  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) . 

1.  Defining  the  problem. 

2.  Exploring  possible  alternative  ways  of  resolving  the  problem. 

3.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  the  choices. 

4.  Choosing  the  alternative. 

The  purpose  of  values  clarification  is  to  help  young  people 
build  their  own  value  system.   Louis  Rath,  who  formulated  the 
values  clarification  approach,  broke  the  process  of  valuing 
into  three  sub-processes  (Simon,  p.  19) . 

1.  Prizing;   cherishing  to  the  point  of  being  willing 

to  publicly  affirm  a  belief. 

2.  Choosing:  looking  at  the  various  alternatives,  considering 

the  consequences,  and  choosing  freely. 

3.  Acting:   consistently  and  repetitiously  acting  on  one's 

beliefs. 


-64- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  all  the  decisions  we  all  make  each  day. 

TO  DECIDE  OR  NOT  TO  DECIDE 

ACTIVITY: 

Have  the  students  read  the  story  "To  Decide  or  Not  to  Decide". 
Hand  out  a  larger  copy  of  the  following  grid.   Have  the  students 
list  the  five  most  important  decisions  that  Tommy  made  that  day 
on  the  grid. 


MOST  2ND  MOST      3RD  MOST       LEAST 

DECISION     IMPORTANT     IMPORTANT     IMPORTANT     IMPORTANT 

1. 

2^ __ 

3_. 

4. 
5. 
6. 


Have  the  students  come  up  with  a  list  of  decisions  which 
Tommy  had  to  make  that  day.   For  example: 

1.  Whether  to  get  out  of  bed. 

2.  Whether  to  brush  his  teeth  and  wash  his  face. 

3.  What  shirt  to  wear. 

4.  Whether  to  eat  anything  for  breakfast. 

5.  Whether  to  cheat  on  his  science  test. 

6.  Whether  to  take  Spanish  or  band  next  year. 

7.  Whether  to  play  the  "soap-dish  game"  in  the  bathroom. 

8.  Whether  to  back  out  of  the  debate  on  the  energy  crisis. 

Make  a  list  of  the  decisions  on  the  blackboard.  Have  the 

students  list  them  in  the  order  of  importance.   Have  them  indicate 

why  they  thought  the  decisions  were  important.   Have  the  students 
compare  their  list  with  other  people's  lists. 

USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Chase,  Larry,  The  Other  Side  of  the  Report 
Card,  (Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.:   Glenview,  111. ,  1975),  pp.  153-155. 


-65- 


TO  DECIDE  OR  NOT  TO  DECIDE 
(A  day  in  the  life  of  Tommy) 

The  sound  of  the  newsman  announcing  the  expressway  traffic 
backup  is  the  first  sound  Tommy  hears  this  very  average  Tuesday 
morning.   As  he  slams  the  top  of  the  clock  radio  to  get  a  few 
more  minutes  sleep,  the  thought  pops  into  his  head  that  if  he 
doesn't  get  up  he  won't  have  to  face  the  snow,  the  teachers, 
and  the  whining  of  his  sister.   He  gets  up  anyway. 

By  some  miracle,  young  Tom  makes  it  to  the  bathroom  in  the 
dark,  finds  the  light,  and  stares  at  the  sleepy-looking  but 
rather  handsome  lad  in  the  mirror.   After  a  brief  conversation 
with  his  attractive  friend,  the  real  Tommy  reaches  automatically 
for  his  toothbrush.   It  occurs  to  him  that  if  he  skips  the 
brushing  and  face-washing  bit  he  can  avoid  having  to  touch 
water  at  least  until  supper.   (He  hates  water!)   "I  mean,  who 
would  know?   Mom  would  know!   She'd  probably  smell  my  breath 
and  guess  the  awful  truth  -  and  what  about  those  two  cute 
rah  rahs  in  my  science  class?"   Needless  to  say,  he  performs 
the  washing  rituals,  and  we  next  pick  him  up  staring   into  his 
closet.   Another  decision!   If  he  wears  his  good  old  "wear-it- 
forever"  flannel  shirt,  he'll  be  ready  for  the  lunchtime  foot- 
ball game,  but  the  queen  of  the  house  wouldn't  approve.   And 
if  Miss  Breznahan  (old  "clothes-make-the-man"  Breznahan)  asks 
him  to  debate  the  causes  of  the  energy  crisis,  he'll  be  through. 
The  flannel  shirt  stays  in  the  closet  and  we  catch  up  to  our 
hero  on  the  way  to  the  kitchen  buttoning  his  "Mr.  Straight" 
normal  sixth-grade  boy's  shirt.   (He  is,  of  course,  attired  in 
other  appropriate  middle-school  clothing,  including  wrinkled 
Levis,  worn-out  Earth  shoes,  and  socks  that  don't  match) . 

All  this  choosing  has  taken  valuable  time,  and  stopping  to 
eat  now  would  eliminate  the  possibility  of  picking  on  his 
friend  Morris  before  first  period.   A  tangerine  will  have  to 
do,  and  zoom,  our  hero  is  off  to  another  day  at  the  place 
(Kurt  Vonnegut  Middle  School  -  an  open-design  school  with  a 
French  provincial  faculty) . 

The  bell  announces  the  beginning  of  first  period.   The 
science  teacher  announces  a  test  covering  last  week's  stuff 
and  our  hero  is  in  trouble.   Had  he  not  watched  the  test 
pattern  on  TV  until  2  A.M.  he  would  have  studied.   Ah,  well, 
yesterday's  bad  decisions  are  today's  depressions.   Our  hero 
is  in  luck,  though,  one  of  the  cute  rah  rahs  is  sitting  across 
the  aisle,  with  her  obviously  perfect  paper  in  plain  view. 
What  will  our  eleven-and-three-quarter  year-old  hero  do? 
Her  answers  must  be  right.   "If  I  fail  this  test,  I'm  sure  to 
be  grounded".   The  penalty  pales  in  comparison.   He  cheats. 
Our  hero  has  become  an  anti-hero  (or  has  he?) . 


-66- 


Second  period  finds  Tommy  filling  out  a  form  for  next 
year's  schedule  and  having  to  choose  between  continuing 
with  band  or  taking  Spanish.   Maybe  he  is  feeling  guilty  from 
the  science  incident,  but  the  choice  is  made:   leave  band 
and  take  Spanish. 

Between  second  period  and  3:30,  Tommy  has  to  decide  whether 
to  play  the  "soap-dish  game"  in  the  bathroom  instead  of  going 
to  the  Learning  Center,  whether  to  play  hockey  or  chase  the 
girls  at  lunch,  and  whether  to  debate  the  energy  crisis  today 
or  to  wait  until  tomorrow.   (Old  Brezzy  liked  the  shirt) .   As 
a  bell  began  the  day,  so  does  a  bell  end  the  day,  and  our  anti- 
hero  rushes  home  to  practice  his  trombone  after  declining  an 
invitation  to  play  "guts"  frisbee  with  the  second-best  frisbee 
player  in  the  sixth  grade.   (You  will  pardon  our  hero  if  he 
prefers  to  see  himself  as  number  one) . 

After  dinner,  Ernie,  the  brother  of  one  of  the  cute  rah 
rahs,  called  and  invited  Tommy  to  attend  a  hockey  game  Saturday 
night  and,  of  course,  this  conflicts  with  Dad's  invitation  to 
go  ice  fishing  overnight.   Tommy  leaves  this  decision  hanging 
and  turns  on  the  TV  as  Kung  Fu  comes  into  focus,  and  just 
before  Tommy's  brain  is  totally  absorbed,  the  thought  comes  into 
his  head  that  if  he  studies  math  instead,  he  might  survive 
tomorrow's  math  test. 

Finally,  as  the  test  pattern  sinks  slowly  into  the  TV 
Tommy  decides  enough  is  enough  and  goes  to  bed. 


-67- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  how  our  decisions  affect  others. 


OUR  DECISIONS  &  OTHERS 

Reflection  on  how  the  students'  decisions  will  effect 
others  will  help  them  become  more  sensitive  in  their  decision- 
making process. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hand  out  the  worksheet  titled  "Considering  the  Feelings 
of  Others  When  Making  A  Decision."   After  the  students 
have  completed  the  worksheet,  break  the  class  into 
small  groups  and  have  the  students  discuss  their  answers. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Chase,  Larry,  The  Other  Side  of  the 

Report  Card,  (Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.:   Glenview,  111,  1975),  p.  160 


-68- 


CONSIDERING  THE  FEELINGS  OF  OTHERS 
WHEN  MAKING  A  DECISION 


Before  we  make  a  decision,  we  should  consider  how  that  choice 
will  affect  others  and  their  feelings.   In  the  following  situations, 
tell  whose  feelings  should  be  considered  in  each  case  and  why. 
(You  may  need  to  consider  more  than  one  person's  feelings  in  a 
given  case) . 

1.   Walking  home  from  school,  Pam  and  Cindy  find  a  kitten. 
Both  girls  want  to  take  it  home  with  them. 


2.   Jan  asks  Carol  to  go  swimming  with  her.   Carol  agrees  to  go, 
then  she  calls  her  cousin  and  invites  her,  without  discussing 
it  with  Jan. 


3.   Sheryl   wants  to  bring  her  guinea  pig  (which  doesn't  have 
a  cage)  to  science  class. 


4.   Jim  offers  to  give  you  some  permanent  decals  (which  he  doesn't 
think  his  big  sister  wants  anymore)  to  put  on  your  bedroom  wall. 


A  friend's  dog  has  just  had  puppies;  you  can  have  one  free. 


(This  exercise  can  either  be  done  individually  or  in  small 
groups  and  can  be  discussed  later  as  a  class.) 


-69- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  the  risks  involved  in  making  decisions, 


WEIGHING  THE  RISKS 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  look  at  the  con- 
sequences of  the  decisions  that  they  make.   Encouraging  students 
to  reflect  on  the  amount  of  risk  involved  in  making  some  decisions 
may  help  them  become  better  at  making  wise  choices. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hand  out  the  worksheet  entitled  "Weighing  the  Risks". 
After  the  students  have  completed  the  worksheet,  have 
volunteers  share  times  when  they  have  made  a  bad  decision, 
Help  the  students  examine  why  they  made  that  decision. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Chase,  Larry,  The  Other  Side  of  the 

Report  Card,  (Scott,  Foresman  and  Co.:   Glenview,  111.,  1975),  p.  151 


-70- 


WEIGHING  THE  RISKS 

Every  time  we  make  a  decision,  we  take  a  risk.   So  before 
we  make  the  decision,  we  should  weigh,  or  consider,  the  risk 
involved.   Look  at  the  decisions  to  be  made;  then  write  what 
you  think  the  risks  involved  are. 

DECISIONS  TO  BE  MADE:  RISKS  INVOLVED: 

Whether  to  cheat  on  a  test.  If  I  don't  cheat,  I  may  flunk. 

If  I  do  cheat,  I  may  get  caught, 

Whether  to  go  swimming  or  to  play 

baseball . 


What  kind  of  shoes  to  buy. 


Whether  to  take  art  or  a  foreign 
language  next  year. 


Whether  to  ask  a  girl  for  a  date 


Whether  to  fight  someone, 


Whether  to  smoke  or  not, 


-71- 


Key  Concepts:   Exploration  of  reasons  to  drink  and  reasons  not 
to  drink. 

Discovery  of  own  values  on  drinking. 
Awareness  of  the  laws  on  drinking. 

DRINKS VI LLE 

Explain  to  the  students  that  the  current  Montana  State 
laws  regarding  alcohol  and  minors  reads  as  such: 

MCA  16-3-301:   It  is  illegal  for  any  retailer  to  sell 
or  give  any  alcoholic  beverage  to  anyone  under  the  age 
of  19.   It  is  also  illegal  for  a  person  to  knowingly 
misrepresent  his  or  her  age  in  order  to  obtain  an 
alcoholic  beverage. 

MCA  45-5-623:   It  is  illegal  for  any  person  to  sell  or 
give  intoxicating  substances  to  any  minor. 

Following  a  discussion  on  the  laws,  have  the  students  imagine 
that  there  are  no  restrictions  on  drinking  at  any  age  by  using 
the  following  activity. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Make  copies  of  "New  Law  in  Drinksville"  worksheet  (see 
following  page)  for  the  class  and  distribute  to  the  students. 

2.  Have  students  write  their  responses  anonymously. 

3.  Divide  class  into  small  groups  to  discuss  the  worksheet. 
Have  each  group  list  what  they  think  are  good  reasons 
for  drinking  and  why,  and  good  reasons  for  not  drinking 
and  why.   Discuss  and  list  the  possible  consequences  of 

a  law  which  allows  everyone  of  all  ages  to  drink  alcohol. 

4.  Groups  report  their  conclusions  to  the  class  and  discuss: 
How  would  you  feel  if  you  were  given  total  freedom  to 
make  all  your  decisions  without  approval  from  any  adult? 
How  important  is  it  to  you  to  be  able  to  drink  alcohol? 
Survey  the  class  to  determine  how  many  students  would 
support  the  existence  of  such  a  law  and  why?   How  many 
would  not,  and  why  not?   Discuss  the  actual  laws. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  K-6 , 
(Helena,  Mt.,  Grade  5,  1979),  pp.  14-16;  61  (yellow  pages). 


-72- 


V 


V       l  V  \  I         /  \       v       t 

qo ooooqooqoo  qooq 


THE  NEW  LAW  IN  DRINKSVILLE 


A  new  law  has  just  been  passed  in  Drinksville  making  it  legal 
for  people  in  the  town  to  drink  as  much  alcohol  as  they  want  at 
any  age.   You  are  11  years  old  and  live  in  Drinksville.   Your 
parents  have  told  you  that  whether  or  not  you  drink  and  how  much 
you  drink  is  completely  up  to  you.   How  will  the  new  law  affect 
you?   Write  your  answers  to  the  following: 

1.   Will  you  drink?   Or,  if  you  drink  already,  will  you  drink  more 
often  or  drink  more  openly?   Explain  your  reason. 


What  would  you  encourage  your  friends  to  do?   Explain, 


What  possible  consequences  do  you  foresee  in  Drinksville 
when  the  law  goes  into  effect?   Consider  both  positive 
and  negative  consequences. 


-73- 


SELF-CONCEPT 
5-6 

A  main  reason  for  drinking  is  the  feelings  of  well-being 
one  gets  from  alcohol.   Development  of  a  positive  self-esteem 
without  the  use  of  alcohol  is  crucial  in  the  prevention 
of  alcohol  abuse.   The  process  of  developing  students  self- 
esteem  include  activities  which  do  the  following  (It  Starts 
With  People,  p.  24) : 

1.  Help  students  recognize  and  accept  feelings. 

2.  Help  individuals  share  aspects  of  themselves  with  others, 

3.  Help  students  accept  individual  differences. 


-74- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  emotions  and  how  they  affect  our 
behavior. 


MOOD  METER 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  realize  that 
emotions  are  neither  good  nor  bad  but  are  a  natural  part  of 
everyone's  life. 


ACTIVITY: 


Discuss  what  moods  are  and  how  frequently  our  feelings 
change.   Make  a  list  of  different  moods.   Have  the 
students  give  examples  of  things  that  change  their 
moods.   Note  that  our  behavior  and  how  others  see  us 
is  often  affected  by  how  we  feel  at  a  given  time. 
What  is  a  "good"  or  "bad"  mood?   Describe  a  person 
in  a  "bad"  mood.   In  a  "good"  mood. 

Give  each  student  a  "Mood  Meter"  sheet.   Have  them 
record  their  mood  changes  for  a  week.   At  the  end 
of  the  week  discuss  as  a  class  various  causes  of 
mood  changes.   Do  things  which  happen  outside  of 
the  classroom,  e.g.,  at  home,  on  the  playground, 
influence  your  mood  in  class?   Did  your  mood  remain 
the  same  all  day?   all  week?   Have  the  students  list 
things  that  help  them  feel  good  or  be  in  good  moods 
and  those  that  cause  bad  moods.   Discuss  alternative 
ways  of  dealing  with  feelings. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State  of 
Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  K-6, 
(Helena,  MT,  Grade  6,  1979),  p.  6-8. 


-75- 


MOOD  METER 


MON 


Month 


TUES 


WED 


i 

i 


THURS 


FRI 


Key  Concept:   Exploration  of  how  "put-downs"  affect  our  self-image. 


PUT-DOWNS 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  during  a  physical  educa- 
tion class  to  demonstrate  how  "put-downs"  effect  students' 
participation  in  sport  activities. 

ACTIVITY: 

After  at  least  two  weeks  of  team  sports  activities,  ask 
students  to  individually  write  down  one  "put-down"  they  have 
heard  sometime  during  the  team  sports  activities.   Explain  to 
the  students  that  these  put-downs  will  be  read  out  loud  to  the 
rest  of  the  class. 

1.  Collect  the  "put-downs",  and  one  at  a  time,  let  students 
draw  one  from  the  pile,  read  it  to  the  class,  and  describe 
how  they  would  feel  if  someone  had  said  such  a  statement 
to  them. 

2.  Time  permitting,  role  play  PE  situations  in  which  "put- 
downs"  are  likely  to  occur;  role  play  ways  in  which  the 
situations  could  be  handled  without  the  use  of  a  "put- 
down".   Ask  students  to  think  of  ways  in  which  "put- 
downs"  pressure  a  person — especially  in  a  team  sport  setting, 

3.  Ask  students  to  draw  a  relationship  between  the  strengths 
of  a  person's  self-image  and  his/her  willingness  to 
participate  in  sports  activities. 

4.  Ask  students  to  individually  write  down  positive  statements 
which  could  encourage  rather  than  discourage  them  from 
playing  with  others  in  the  class.   Collect  these  statements, 
without  comment;  read  them  out  loud  to  the  class.   Save 

the  positive  statements.   When  appropriate  or  necessary, 
suggest  that  students  choose  a  positive  statement  rather 
than  a  "put-down"  as  a  way  of  communicating  to  someone 
else  in  the  class. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse,  Saying  No: 
Drug  Abuse  Prevention  Ideas  for  the  Classroom,  (Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office:   Washington, 
D.C. ,  1980) ,  p.  7. 

-77- 


Key  Concepts:   Clarification  of  one's  own  attitudes  on  drinking 
and  how  it  affects  our  self-image. 


WHERE  DO  YOU  FIT? 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  as  a  means  of  exploring 
feelings  students  have  when  peer  pressure  is  placed  on  them  or 
when  they  use  peer  pressure  on  someone  else. 


ACTIVITY: 


Make  copies  of  the  "Where  Do  You  Fit?"  worksheet  for 
the  class. 

Have  the  students  complete  the  worksheet  individually, 

and  share  answers  in  class  discussion  or  small  groups. 

Role-play  answers  to  questions  1  aid  2  on  the  worksheet 
and  dicuss  - 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 

of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:    Grades   K-6 , 

(Helena,  MT. ,  Grade  6,  1979),  pp.  1-3. 


-7! 


WHERE  DO  YOU  FIT? 


WORKSHEET 


Would  you  feel  like  a  square  peg  at  a  party  with  your  friends, 
if  they  wanted  you  to  drink  but  you  refused?   Why  or  why  not? 
How  would  you  handle  the  situation? 

Pretend  you're  at  a  party  where  there  is  alcohol  and  you're 
drinking.   One  of  your  friends  doesn't  want  to  drink. 

-  Would  you  see  your  friend  as  a  square  peg?   Why 
or  why  not? 


-  Would  you  defend  your  friend's  choice  not  to  drink 
to  the  others  at  the  party? 


-  If  you  did  defend  your  friend's  right  to  choose,  how 
do  you  think  the  others  would  treat  you?   How  would 
you  handle  their  reactions? 


Do  you  think  an  adult  can  feel  comfortable  in  our  society 
without  drinking?   Explain.   Do  you  think  a  teenager  can 
feel  comfortable  without  drinking?   Explain. 


-79- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  decisions  made  based  on  outward 

appearance  and  how  that  affects  our  self-esteem. 


THE  GREEN  OG 

At  the  5th  and  6th  grade  level,  many  decisions  are  made  on 
outward  appearance.   At  the  same  time,  the  students  are  reaching 
pre-adolescent  years  where  alot  of  change  is  taking  place  in 
their  bodies.   The  following  activity  will  help  students  look 
at  the  effects  of  judging  something  by  outward  appearance  only, 
and  how  that  affects  our  self-esteem. 

ACTIVITY: 

Hand  out  a  copy  of  the  worksheet  "The  Green  Og"  to  each 
student.   Before  holding  a  discussion,  have  the  students  complete 
the  worksheet.   Then  ask  the  following  questions: 

1.  What  did  you  do  with  your  "Green  Og?" 

2.  What  did  you  base  your  decision  on?   Appearance? 

3.  How  did  you  feel  about  doing  that? 

4.  Have  you  ever  felt  like  a  "Green  Og"? 

5.  How  would  you  like  to  be  treated  if  you  were  the 
"Green  Og"? 

Hold  a  discussion  on  how  society  places  so  much  emphasis 
on  outward  appearance  that  we  often  fail  to  see  what  is  on  the 
inside. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Stanish,  Bob;  Connecting  Rainbows, 
(Good  Apple,  Inc.:   Carthage,  IL,  1932),  p.  54. 


-80- 


This  is  a  green  og.  It's  half  human  and  half  animal. 


The  green  og  is  the  last  of  its  kind.  Some  want  to  destroy  it  because  of  its  ugliness.  Some  would 
buy  tickets  to  see  it.  Some  zoos  would  love  to  exhibit  it.  Some  would  feature  it  in  horror  films, 
while  others  want  it  for  medical  research. 


The  green  og  is  given  to  you! 


What  will  you  do  with  it? 


Why? 


-81- 


fllcokol  Uucdti0n 


INTRODUCTION 

The  factor  having  the  greatest  influence  on  students  at  the 
junior  high  level  is  peer  pressure.  Junior  high  is  a  time  when 
a  great  number  of  students  begin  experimenting  with  alcohol. 

Although  the  greatest  focus  of  prevention  at  this  level 
should  be  how  to  handle  peer  pressure,  providing  students  with 
facts  about  alcohol  and  helping  them  discover  factors  which 
play  a  part  in  what  decisions  they  make  about  alcohol  are  also 
important.   The  following  are  educational  alcohol  concepts 
which  could  be  further  explored  at  the  junior  high  level. 

1.  Facts  about  alcohol. 

2.  Family  history  of  alcohol  use. 

3.  Effects  of  the  mass  media  on  drinking  behavior. 

4.  Becoming  involved  in  educating  the  public  about  alcohol, 

5.  Views  that  our  society  holds  concerning  alcohol  use 
and  how  that  affects  our  decisions. 


-82- 


Key  Concept:   A  needs  assessment  to  determine  what  students 
know  about  alcohol. 


PRE/POST  ALCOHOL  KNOWLEDGE  TEST 

Hand  out  the  following  test  as  a  pre-test  to  determine 
how  much  the  students  already  know  about  alcohol.   Following 
a  unit  on  alcohol  education,  give  the  test  as  a  post-test  to 
determine  if  the  alcohol  education  unit  was  effective. 


ANSWERS 

1. 

true 

2. 

false 

3. 

false 

4. 

false 

5. 

false 

6. 

false 

7. 

true 

8. 

false 

9. 

false 

10. 

false 

11. 

false 

12. 

false 

13. 

false 

14. 

true 

15. 

false 

16. 

true 

17. 

false 

18. 

true 

19. 

false 

20. 

true 

21. 

false 

22. 

true 

23. 

true 

24. 

false 

25. 

true 

-83- 


ALCOHOL  KNOWLEDGE  TEST 


Answer  true  or  false  to  the  following  questions  concerning 
alcohol  use  and  abuse. 


1.  Alcohol  is  a  mind-altering  drug. 

2.  Alcohol  is  a  stimulant. 

3.  An  alcoholic  is  always  fun  to  be  around. 

4.  You  won't  become  an  alcoholic  if  you  drink  only  beer. 

5.  Most  alcoholics  live  in  the  streets. 

6.  A  person  who  drinks  too  much  only  hurts  him/herself. 

7.  Intoxicated  means  drunk. 

8.  An  alcoholic  is  a  "responsible"  drinker. 

9.  Coffee  will  sober  a  person  up. 

10.  Wine  is  considered  hard-liquor. 

11.  Alcoholism  is  now  considered  a  curable  disease. 

12.  A  cold  shower  will  sober  a  person  up. 

13.  There  is  nothing  wrong  with  driving  after  a  few  beers, 

14.  Hard-liquor  has  been  distilled. 


15.  Women  seldom  become  alcoholics  because  of  the 
chemical  make-up  of  their  bodies. 

16.  One  ounce  of  whiskey  has  the  same  amount  of  alcohol 
as  one  12  ounce  can  of  beer. 

17.  Eating  before  drinking  will  speed  up  the  effects 
of  the  alcohol. 

18.  Alcohol  passes  through  the  stomach  directly  into 
the  bloodstream. 

19.  Everyone  enjoys  drinking. 

20.  80  proof  liquor  contains  40%  alcohol. 

21.  It  is  illegal  to  advertise  for  alcoholic  beverages 
on  television. 


-84- 


22.  People  growing  up  with  one  or  more  alcoholic 
parents  are  more  likely  to  become  alcoholics. 

23.  90-95%  of  the  alcohol  is  processed  in  the  liver. 

24.  All  people  who  become  drunk  are  alcoholics. 

25.  Cirrhosis  of  the  liver  is  caused  by  drinking  too 
much  for  a  long  period  of  time. 


-85- 


Key  Concept:   Knowledge  of  common  vocabulary  words  related 
to  alcohol. 


AN  ALCOHOL  VOCABULARY 

The  following  activities  are  expanded  from  the  "Knowing 
Now"  activities  developed  for  5th  and  6th  graders. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Hand  out  a  copy  of  the  "Alcohol  Vocabulary  Sheet". 
Discuss  the  definition  of  each  term  as  it  relates  to 
alcohol  with  the  class. 

2.  Alcohol  Vocabulary  Card  Game:   Print  the  definition 
of  each  alcohol  vocabulary  word  on  the  front  of 

3"  by  5"  index  cards.   Print  the  appropriate  word  on 
the  back  of  the  card.   Use  the  cards  in  the  following 
ways : 

a.  Use  as  an  activity  for  individuals  to  learn  the 
definitions  of  alcohol  related  words  at  an  alcohol 
education  station. 

b.  Using  2  sets  of  cards  have  races  between  two 
students  to  see  who  can  write  down  the  correct 
words  for  the  definitions  fastest. 

c.  Have  students  team  up  and  use  the  cards  to  test 
each  other's  knowledge  of  the  terms. 

3.  Once  the  students  have  an  understanding  of  all  the 
vocabulary  terms,  have  them  complete  the  "Alcohol 
Crossword  Puzzle". 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Definitions  modified  from  Montana  Alcohol  & 

Drug  Abuse  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol 

Education:   Grades  7-12,  (Helena,  MT,  1979) ,  pp.  1-5  (glossary) . 


ALCOHOL  VOCABULARY  SHEET 


ABSORPTION: 

ABSTINENCE: 
ADDICTION: 

ALCOHOL: 
AA: 

ALANON : 
ALATEEN : 
ANTABUSE : 

BENDER: 

BLACKOUT : 

BRANDY : 

BREWING: 

CIRRHOSIS  OF  THE  LIVER: 

DAYDREAM: 
DELIRIUM-TREMORS : 

DEPRESSANT: 
DETOXIFICATION: 

DISTILLING: 


the  process  by  which  alcohol  enters  the 
bloodstream  from  the  small  intestine 
and  stomach 

drinking  no  alcoholic  beverages 

physiological  and/or  psychological 
dependence  on  a  drug 

the  intoxicating  chemical  (C-H^OH)  found 
in  liquors  and  produced  by  tne  action  of 
yeast  on  sugars  and  starches 

an  organization  called  Alcoholics  Anonymous 
that  meets  to  discuss  problems  of  those 
who  are  trying  to  control  their  addiction 
to  alcohol 

a  support  group  for  family  members  other 
than  the  alcoholic 

a  support  group  designed  for  teenagers 
who  live  with  an  alcoholic 

medication  given  to  alcoholics  which 
will  cause  them  to  vomit  if  they  drink 
any  alcoholic  beverage 

a  period  of  continuous  intake  of  alcohol 
with  the  intent  of  getting  drunk 

temporary  amnesia  (forgetting)  which 
occurs  while  drinking 

made  by  distilling  wine;  contains  40-50% 
alcohol  by  volume 

the  fermentation  of  grains  that  result 
in  beer  or  ale 

scar  tissue  replaces  healthy  tissue  in 
the  liver  as  a  result  of  drinking  too 
much  for  a  long  period  of  time 

to  let  the  imagination  wander  while  the 
eyes  are  open  and  the  mind  is  not  sleeping 

symptoms  such  as  hallucinations,  uncontrol- 
able  shaking,  terror,  and  agitation  when 
an  alcoholic  suddenly  stops  drinking 

slows  down  the  central  nervous  system 

the  process  of  sobering  up  and  withdrawing 
from  toxic  or  poisonous  effects  of  alcohol; 
also  called  "drying  out" 

the  process  of  evaporation  to  separate 
alcohol  from  water 


-87- 


FERMENTATION: 

HANGOVER: 

HARD-LIQUOR: 

INTOXICATION: 
JIGGER: 

KEGGER: 

MALT: 
OXIDATION: 

PARANOIA: 
PROHIBITION: 
PROOF : 

REALITY: 
RUM: 

STIMULANT: 

TEMPERANCE: 

TOLERANCE: 

TREATMENT : 
VODKA: 

WHISKEY: 

WITHDRAWAL: 


the  chemical  reaction  that  produces  alcohol 
when  yeast  and  sugar  are  combined;  the 
process  by  which  wine  and  beer  are  produced 

sick  feeling  experienced  after  drinking 
too  much;  usually  felt  the  next  day 

term  used  to  refer  to  distilled  beverages 
as  opposed  to  beer  and  wine 

drunk 

a  small  cup  or  glass  used  to  measure  liquor, 
containing  usually  1  1/2  fluid  ounces 

a  party  held  primarily  for  the  purpose  of 
drinking  beer;  most  common  with  junior  high, 
senior  high,  and  college  groups 

ingredients  such  as  barley,  corn  or  sugar  used 
to  produce  beer  and  ale 

the  process  by  which  the  liver  converts 
alcohol  into  heat  and  energy  and  releases 
carbon  dioxide  (which  is  exhaled)  and 
water  (which  is  eliminated  as  urine) 

psychotic  disorder  marked  by  slowly  devel- 
oping delusions  of  persecution  and/or  grandeur 

a  period  in  American  history  when  it  was 
illegal  to  make  or  sell  alcoholic  beverages 

a  number  which  is  equivalent  to  double  the 
alcohol  content  of  whiskey  (86  proof 
whiskey  contains  43%  alcohol) 

that  which  has  objective  existence  and 
is  not  merely  an  idea 

a  beverage  distilled  from  molasses  derived 
from  sugar  cane;  contains  higher  levels 
of  alcohol  than  whiskey 

speeds  up  the  central  nervous  system 

use  of  alcohol  in  moderation 

the  body's  ability  to  overcome  the  usual 
effects  of  alcohol  so  that  an  increased  dosage 
is  needed  to  achieve  the  same  effect  as  before 

care  given  to  alcoholics  who  are  attempting 
to  stop  drinking 

a  mixture  of  neutral  spirits  (ethyl  alcohol) 
and  water;  much  of  the  commercial  source 
is  100  proof 

a  distilled  beverage made  from  fermented 
grain  with  an  alcohol  content  between  80-110 
proof,  and  aged  in  charred  oak  barrels 

after  developing  a  physical  dependence  on 
alcohol,  this  is  the  result  of  discontinuing 
it ' s  intake 


I 

en 
oo 

l 


aaoMssoao  iohooiv 


A 

3] 

31 

1|V|/A 

V 

yj 

OJH 

1 

J3S 

9 

w 

1 
1 

3 

3 

p 

0 

N 

vj 

N| 

^L^^ 

h3 

3^ 

V 

3 

a  |w|  1 1 

i 

^: 

V 

l 

0 

3 

3 

3 

u\n 

i 

dj 
H 

3 

8 

|  N  1 0 

w 

3 

8 

i 

-  |w| n|  i 

^l|3 

<i 

A 
V 

0, 

V 

i 

0 

N 

V 

*u 

TO 

3 

9 

0 

JAJ3 

M 

IS 

1 

1      fel 

J 

||^|3  |9 

9 

1 

hI 

~rj 

E 

0 

1 

^L 

\Np 

IW 

ftp 

4, 

3 

yj 

0 

3 
4/ 

■» 

31 

i 
T 

0 

IT 

V 

X,, 

(J 

EE 

T] 

T\ 

i 

a 

3_ 
A 

a 

N 

lihU 

V 

p 

*• 

pi 

1  L 

N  [o 

p 

J^V 

Id 

71 

^F 

°« 

3 

|  s|  n  fg 

V 

SiE 

I  n    1 

31 

9 

|v  1 

o  1 

It]        i 

A[Q 

E 

V 

L^J 

gl 

N 

o 

rr 

1 

p|8|i 

H 

3  8   d« 

3 

_L 

V 

I3  1 

1°   1 

*J 

0 

|n  |o 

[) 

1 

— 

[a 

«|v 

* 

|i|o|h 

0 

3  n  v* 

Iv  | 

J* 

1°  1 

i 

[n 

0 

N^F 

r 

P 

IS  ' ' 

~c 

» » 

I 

o 
en 


oaoMssoao  iohooiv 


ALCOHOL  VOCABULARY 
Crossword  Puzzle 
DOWN: 

2  —  temporary  amnesia  (forgetting)  which  occurs  while  drinking 

3  --  the  body's  ability  to  overcome  the  usual  effects  of  alcohol 

so  that  an  increased  dosage  is  needed  to  achieve  the  same 
effect  as  before  for  the  individual 

4  --  ingredients  such  as  barley,  corn  or  sugar  to  produce  beer  or  ale 

5  --  care  given  to  alcoholics  who  are  attempting  to  stop  drinking 

7  —  unpleasant  physical  sensations  experienced  after  drinking 
too  much 

9  —  a  period  of  continuous  intake  of  alcohol  with  the  intent 
of  getting  drunk 

12  —  "drying  out" 

13  —  physiological  and/or  physchological  dependence  on  a  drug 

14  —  a  number  that  is  equivalent  to  double  the  alcohol  content 

of  whiskey 

16  —  a  party  held  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  drinking  beer 

18  —  use  of  alcohol  in  moderation 

20  --  to  let  the  imagination  wander  while  the  eyes  are  open  and 
the  mind  is  not  sleeping 

22  —  the  fermentation  of  grains  that  result  in  beer  or  ale 

24  —  that  which  has  objective  existence  and  is  not  merely  an  idea 

27  --  a  support  group  for  alcoholics 

ACROSS: 

1  —  the  process  by  which  alcohol  enters  the  bloodstream 

6  —  the  intoxicating  chemical  found  in  liquors 

7  —  term  used  to  refer  to  distilled  beverages 

8  —  a  period  in  American  history  when  it  was  illegal  to  make 

or  sell  alcoholic  beverages 

9  --  made  by  distilling  wine 

10  --  medication  given  to  alcoholics  which  causes  vomiting  when 

alcohol  is  drunk 

11  —  the  process  by  which  the  liver  converts  alcohol  into  heat  + 

energy  and  releases  carbon  dioxide  (which  is  exhaled)  + 
water  (which  is  eliminated  as  urine) 

13  —  a  support  group  for  teenagers  living  with  alcoholics 

15  --  a  mixture  of  neutral  spirits  and  water 

17  --  the  process  by  which  wine  and  beer  are  produced 

19  —  a  distilled  beverage 

-91- 


ACROSS:   (continued) 

21  —  a  small  1  1/2  ounce  glass  used  to  measure  liquor 

23  —  psychotic  disorder  marked  by  slowly  developing  delusions 

25  —  symptoms  such  as  hallucinations,  uncontrollable  shaking, 

terror,  and  agitation  when  an  alcoholic  suddenly  stops  drinking 

26  --  a  beverage  distilled  from  molasses  derived  from  sugar  cane 
2  8  —  speeds  up  the  central  nervous  system 

29  —  drinking  no  alcoholic  beverages 

30  —  after  developing  a  physical  dependence  on  alcohol,  this 

is  the  result  of  discontinuing  it's  intake 

TERMS  TO  CHOOSE  FROM: 


ABSORPTION 

ABSTINENCE 

ADDICTION 

ALCOHOL 

AA 

ALANON 

ALATEEN 

ANTABUSE 

BENDER 

BLACKOUT 

BRANDY 

BREWING 

CIRRHOSIS  OF  THE 

DAYDREAM 

DELIRIUM-TREMONS 

DEPRESSANT 

DETOXIFICATION 

DISTILLING 

FERMENTATION 

HANGOVER 


HARD-LIQUOR 
INTOXICATION 
JIGGER 
KEGGER 
MALT 

OXIDATION 
PARANOIA 
PROHIBITION 
PROOF 
REALITY 
RUM 

STIMULANT 
LIVER  TEMPERANCE 
TOLERANCE 
TREATMENT 
VODKA 
WHISKEY 
WITHDRAWAL 


-92- 


Key  Concept:   Discrimination  between  alcohol  facts  and  opinions. 


FACT  FINDING 

It  is  easy  to  become  confused  about  what  is  a  fact  and  what 
is  not.   The  following  activities  will  help  students  determine 
what  is  fact  and  what  is  opinion  as  it  applies  to  alcohol  use. 


ACTIVITY; 


Have  the  students  look  up  the  definitions  of  fact  and 
opinion  in  the  dictionary.   Discuss  the  difference  between 
the  two.   Send  the  class  to  the  library  to  discover  as 
many  facts  as  they  can  about  alcohol.   Make  sure  they 
can  varify  their  "facts"  by  requiring  a  bibliography. 
Have  each  student  write  out  their  facts  on  3  X  5  inch 
cards.   Place  the  cards  in  a  box.   Divide  the  class 
into  four  groups.   The  teacher  draws  a  fact  card  from 
the  box  and  asks  a  question  from  the  fact  card.   Each 
group  works  as  a  team  to  score  the  most  points.   If 
group  1  cannot  answer  the  question,  group  1  scores  no 
point  and  the  same  question  is  given  to  group  2.   If 
group  2  answers  the  question  correctly,  group  2  receives 
one  point.   The  next  question  is  given  to  group  3. 

Play  "Alcohol  Fact  Baseball".   Break  the  class  into 

groups  of  3-4.   Give  each  group  a  set  of  "Alcohol 

Facts  Baseball"  cards,  a  baseball  diamond,  and  3-4 

markers.   One  at  a  time,  the  students  should  draw 

a  card,  read  the  question  aloud  and  try  to  answer  it. 

If  answered  correctly,  move  the  number  of  bases  indicated 

on  that  card  (i.e.  triple,  double,  single). 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   "Alcohol  Fact  Baseball",  Taking  Risks: 
Activities  &  Materials  for  Teaching  About  Alcohol,  Other  Drugs 
and  Traffic  Safety, "Book  II,  Secondary  Edition,  (California 
State  Dept".  ol  Education:   Sacramento,  CA.  ,  1979),  pp.  51-53. 


-93- 


"Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  Question  Cards 

This  sheet  consists  of  "Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  cards.  Fold  the  blank  sides  together,  and  paste. 


Triple: 

People  with  drinking 
problems  often  start 
out  by 


Single: 

Alcohol  helps  people  relax 
and  theretore  solves  a  lot 
more  problems  than  it 
causes  True  or  talse? 


Double: 

Name  at  least  two  factors  that 
will  affect  whether  or  not  a 
person  will  get  drunk  on  a 
certain  amount  of  alcohol. 


Answer:  Fnjoying  alcohol 
without  any  problem:  drinking 
responsibly 


Answer:  False 


Answers :  At  least  weighl  and 
amount  of  alcohol,  also  time 
and  previous  experience 


Single: 

The  legal  drinking  age  in         ! 

California  is                                                   Answer:  2 

1  19 

2  21                                         1 

3  16                                        I 

Single: 

A  tall,  heavy  person  and  a          • 

short,  light  person  will  usually     ,               Answer :  False 

be  affected  the  same  way  by 

three  cans  of  beer  True  or 

false? 

1 

Double: 

The  best  way  to  get  a  person                          Answer:  Wait 
to  sober  up  fast  is  to              .1 

i 
i 

i 

Double: 

Which  ol  the  following                  a 
contains  the  greatest  amount      i 
of  alcohol7                                          Answer:  All  three  are  about 

1  A  5-ounce  glass  of  wine                'be  same 

2  A  shot  of  whiskey 

3  A  1 2  ounce  can  of  beer 

Single:                           | 

Whether  a  person  gets  drunk     1 
or  not  depends  mainly  on            | 

1  His  or  her  weight                    | 

2  The  amount  of  alcohol  he      i                 .              , 
or  she  consumes                                      «nswer.  a 

3  The  time  in  which  the 
alcohol  is  consumed 

4  His  or  her  previous 
experiences  with  alcohol 
drinking                                     | 

5.  All  of  the  above                     | 

Single: 

Which  of  the  following  is  the 

best  way  of  sobering  a  person     ! 

up?                                                               Answer:  3 

t    Black  coffee 

2  Cold  showers 

3  Waiting  until  the  effects         I 
wear  off                                  | 

■ 

I 

en 
I 


"Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  Question  Cards  (continued) 

This  sheet  consists  of  "Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  cards.  Fold  the  blank  sides  together,  and  paste. 


Single: 

One  of  the  most  important 
things  about  learning  how  to 
drink  is: 

1 .  Knowing  how  alcohol 

affects  you.  knowing  your      |                    Answer1  t 
limits                                        | 

2.  Knowing  which  are  the           j 
best  brands  ot  alcoholic         • 
beverages 

3.  Knowing  the  proper 
occasions  lor  beer  or  other 
alcoholic  beverages 

Triple:                                     1      Possible  answers:  Traffic 
Name  three  serious  problems     1      accidents.  |ob  problems. 
that  can  be  the  result  ol               1      physical  problems,  economic 
drinking  alcoholic  beverages      |      consequences 

Single: 

Most  teenagers  have  had          1 

their  lirst  drink  by  the  age  ot       |                Answer:  True 

13  True  or  false?                       | 

i 

Double: 

A  person  is  usually 

considered  intoxicated  when     l- 

his  or  her  blood  alcohol                                     Answer:  3 

content  has  reached                   I 

1    .04  percent                           | 

2.    08  percent 

3     10  percent 

.,                        .    ..      .                                Answer:  False 
No  one  ever  gels  drunk  on 

wine  True  or  false? 

Double: 

Which  one  of  the  following  is  a     . 

lair  estimate  ol  the  number  ol 

people  aflected  by  alcohol-                               Answer:  3 

related  problems  in  America?     1 

t .   1  million                                1 

2    3  million                                | 

3.   to  million                              | 

i 

Triple: 

Cirrhosis  is  a  disease  of  the 


Double: 

Which  ol  the  following  can  be 
the  result  of  too  much 
drinking' 
t    Cirrhosis 

2  Measles 

3  Diplhena 

4  Brain  damage 

5  Intoxication 


Answer:  Liver 


I 

in 

I 


Answers:  t .  4.  and  5 


"Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  Question  Cards  (continued) 

This  sheet  consists  of  "Alcohol  Facts  Baseball"  cards.  Fold  the  blank  sides  together,  and  paste. 


Single:                           | 

A  person  can  drink  so  much        1                 »              t 
alcohol  thai  he  or  she  wrll  tall      I                Answer:  true 
down  True  or  false7                    | 

Single: 

Alcohol  can  affect  which  of 

thefottowinq:                                                    .              r 

1.  Emotions                                                 Answer:  5 

2  Physical  functioning 

3  Judgmeni 

4  Perceptions 

5.  All  of  the  above                   I 

Double: 

Alcohol  is  related  to                1 

1 .  80  percent  of  the  traffic        1                   ,.,„.,.  0 

deaths  m  the  US                                    flra™  '  d 
2    50  percent  of  the  traffic 

deaths  in  the  U  S 

i 

1 
1 

Triple:                                      I     Answer:  The  percentage  of 

■     alcohol  in  the  blood  after  a 
Define  blood  alcohol  conlenl       1     person  has  drunk  an  alcoholic 

beverage 

! 

Double:                          1 

Because  alcohol  conlains                          Answer:  False 
calories,  it  can  be  a  substitute     1 
for  food  in  emergency  situa-        | 
lions  True  or  false? 

Double:                         j 

Alcohol 

1.  Speeds  up  the  body 
functions 

2  Ultimately  slows  the  body      1                   Answer:  2 
functions                               | 

3  Doesn'l  affect  the  body          | 
functions                               I 

1 

j 

Single:                      | 

Beer  does  not  contain          |                Answer:  False 
alcohol  Tnje  or  false7          | 

Triple:                                          Possible  answers:  Different 

Identify  two  differences                    a'coh<"  ST'en'  htrd  "quor 
between  beer  and  hard  liquor     j      identified  by  proof 

1 

I 

VD 
I 


A16ML  9M 


%» 


o 


■97- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  own  personal  family 
history  of  alcohol  use. 

SEARCHING  FOR  YOUR  DRINKING 
OR  NON-DRINKING  ROOTS 

This  activity  is  designed  to  get  students 
thinking  about  why  they  do  or  do  not  drink; 
why  their  parents  may  serve  eggnog  at  Christmas; 
or  why  someone  in  their  family  drinks  only 
beer  or  only  scotch.   Looking  at  the  ethnic 
group  that  students  come  from  assists  them  in 
discovering  more  about  themselves,  their 
families,  and  their  attitudes  toward 
alcohol  use.   The  following  are  some 
ideas  to  throw  out  to  the  students  to 
get  them  started. 


Trace  your  roots.   Make  a  chart  or  family  tree  which  shows 
your  mother's  and  father's  sides  of  the  family  and  list 
what  ethnic  groups  your  family  is  made  up  of.   Ask  your  parents, 
grandparents,  great-aunt  Jane  or  other  relatives  to  tell  you 
about  where  your  relatives  came  from. 

2.  Find  out  everything  you  can  about  how  these  ethnic  groups, 
tribes,  or  families  used  alcohol.   Was  alcohol  used  for 
religious  or  other  ceremonies?   Was  it  used  only  on  certain 
occasions?   What  kind  of  alcohol  was  used?   How  much?  What 
happened  to  people  who  got  drunk? 

3.  Pick  out  one  of  the  groups  and  do  some  indepth  investigating. 
Trace  back  through  history  and  find  out  what  drinking  customs 
or  laws  were  used  by  the  group  50,  100  or  even  500,   or  1000 
years  ago.   Was  alcohol  a  part  of  that  culture  from  its 
beginnings?   Did  other  people  introduce  alcohol  to  your  ancestors? 
Do  some  of  the  stories,  legends,  or  writings  of  the  group 
mention  alcohol?   List  the  evolution  of  drinking  patterns  and 
practices. 

4.  Look  at  your  own  decisions  about  drinking.   Do  they  parallel 
your  ancestors'  use?   How  are  they  different?   How  is  society 
different  now? 

5.  Create  a  unique  way  to  present  your  findings  to  a  class, 
organization,  or  group  of  friends.   What  did  your  friends  find 
out  about  their  drinking  histories?  Were  their  drinking 
customs  similar  to  or  different  from  yours?   Why? 

Some  sources  of  assistance  in  tracing  your  roots  would  be: 

1.  relatives  or  friends  of  the  family; 

2.  state  or  local  historical  societies  or  libraries; 


-98- 


3.  family  records  --  birth,  baptism,  death,  naturalization 
papers,  visas,  drivers'  licenses,  bible  inscriptions; 

4.  genealogy  clubs  or  societies. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   U.S.  Dept .  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare, 
Is  Beer  a  Four  Letter  Word?,  (Rockville,  Maryland,  1981) ,  pp.  7- 

-99- 


Key  Concepts:  Exploration  of  why  people  drink,  and  what  other 
activities  could  be  done  to  experience  the  same 
pleasures. 


THE  ENJOYMENT  OF  DRINKING 

Most  people  who  drink  enjoy  alcohol.   Ask  the  students  the 
following  questions  about  why  people  like  to  drink: 

1.  What,  exactly,  do  moderate  drinkers  find  enjoyable 
about  drinking? 

2.  Are  there  different  reasons  why  people  drink?   Are  the 
reasons  teenagers  drink  different  from  the  reasons  adults 
drink?   If  so,  what  are  the  differences? 

3.  Are  there  other  things  besides  drinking  that  people 
could  do  to  experience  the  same  pleasures? 

4.  How  many  drinks  -  or  how  much  alcohol  -  must  people 
consume  to  experience  the  pleasures  of  drinking?   Do 
different  pleasures  that  drinkers  experience  from 
alcohol  require  different  amounts  of  alcohol?   If  so,  why? 

5.  How  should  parents  explain  to  their  children  why  they  drink? 

Following  the  discussion,  have  the  students  check  out  some 
of  the  reasons  people  give  for  drinking  by  interviewing  various 
individuals.   Have  the  students  ask  the  following  questions: 

1.  As  a  moderate  drinker,  what  do  you  find  enjoyable  and/or 
unenjoyable  about  drinking. 

2.  As  a  teenager,  what  do  you  find  enjoyable  and/or  unenjoyable 
about  drinking? 

3.  As  an  adult,  what  do  you  find  enjoyable  and/or  unenjoyable 
about  drinking? 

4.  What  are  some  other  activities  you  could  be  involved 
in  to  experience  the  same  pleasures? 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Modified  from  Finn,  Peter,  and  others, 
Dial  A-L-C-O-H-Q-L  and  Jackson  Junior  High,  (Abt.  Associates, 
Inc.,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  1977),  p.  13. 

-100- 


Key  Concepts:   Awareness  of  how  society  views  drinking  and 

how  one  could  become  involved  in  taking  action 
for  or  against  it. 


LOCAL  OPTION  &  PROHIBITION 

The  following  activity  will  increase  the  students  knowledge 
of  who  is  involved  in  making  decisions  about  drinking  at  the 
community  level. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hold  a  discussion  on  how  people  could  become  involved  in 
a  local  issue  of  banning  all  taverns  in  a  community.   Have 
students  role  play  a  town  council  meeting  on  banning 
bars  and  taverns  in  their  community.   Appoint  one  member 
of  the  group  as  chairperson  for  the  meeting  and  assign 
six  other  members  the  following  roles: 

*  A  police  officer  who  is  upset  by  the  serious  drunk 
driving  problem  in  the  town. 


* 


A  bar  owner  who  will  go  out  of  business  if  the  sale 
of  alcohol  is  banned. 


*  A  middle-aged  parent  who  doesn't  want  a  teenage  son 
or  daughter  to  drink. 

*  An  office   worker  who  enjoys  having  a  couple  of  beers 
with  friends  after  work  at  the  local  bar. 

*  A  taxpayer  who  is  upset  about  the  type  of  people  who 
come  from  other  towns  to  drink  in  the  bars. 

*  A  college  student  who  would  have  to  drive  to  the 
next  town  to  do  his  or  her  drinking  —  and  then 
drive  home. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Finn,  Peter,  and  others,  Dial  A-L-C-0-H-O-L 
and  Jackson  Junior  High,  (Abt.  Associates:   Cambridge,  Mass., 
1977) ,  p.  13. 

-101- 


Key  Concept: 


Using  the  media  to  educate  the  public 
on  facts  about  alcohol. 


TUNING  IN  AND  TURNING  TO 
YOUR  LOCAL  D.J. 

"Wally  Wax  here  all  weekend  long  with  your 
favorite  platters,  news,  and  weather.   Current 
forecast  calls  for  blue  skies  and  lots  of  sun  if 
it  doesn't  rain.   In  fact,  there's  a  50  percent 
probability  of  fair  weather,  a  50  percent  pro- 
bability of  showers,  and  a  100  percent  probability 
that  you  probably  don't  believe  anything  the 
weather  report  says.   But  enough  of  this  idle 
chatter.   I'm  gonna  play  a  moldie,  oldie,  goldie 
for  you  right  now,  vintage  1968,  by  the  Bee  Gees, 
called  'I  Started  a  Joke'." 

Wally  Wax  is  a  local  radio  disc  jockey.   He  and  other  D.J.s 
around  the  country  can  be  the  key  to  getting  drinking  messages  to 
teenagers — and  that's  no  joke.   It's  no  secret  that  young  people 
listen  to  the  radio.   From  morning  to  night,  they  listen  to  it  in 
their  rooms,  at  school,  in  their  cars,  while  on  dates,  when  buying 
clothes,  at  the  beach. 

Many  D.J.s  already  use  alcohol  messages.   Unfortunately,  they 
are  frequently  negative  messages.   Getting  drunk  is  made  light  of, 
and  the  listener  who  doesn't  have  a  six-pack  in  the  car  begins 
to  wonder  if  there  is  something  wrong  with  him. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Give  the  students  an  assignment  to  listen  to  the  radio  and 
bring  to  class  a  list  of  messages  they  have  gotten  about 
alcohol  from  the  radio. 

2.  Explain  to  the  students  what  a  Public  Service  Announce- 
ment (PSA)  is.   Have  the  students  create  their  own 
Public  Service  Announcements  which  raise  issues  about 
alcohol  abuse  and  encourage  people  to  reexamine  their 
drinking  attitudes. 

3.  Have  a  group  of  the  students  contact  the  local  radio 
stations  about  using  some  of  the  Public  Service 
Announcements  designed  by  the  class. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   U.S.  Dept .  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare, 

Is  Beer  a  Four  Letter  Word?,  (Rockville,  Maryland,  1981)  ,  pp.  10-11 


-102- 


D 


east  ons 


Vd 


ues 


7-S 


DECISIONS  AND  VALUES 
7-8 


Decision-making  skills  need  to  be  developed  at  an  early 
age  and  continue  being  developed  throughout  life.   The  goal  in 
teaching  decision-making  skills  is  to  help  students  do  the 
following: 

1.  Understand  their  role  in  making  decisions. 

2.  Recognize  other  people  who  can  help  them  make  decisions. 

3.  Realize  the  risks  involved  in  decision-making. 

The  process  of  making  decisions  involves  the  following 
steps  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) : 

1.  Defining  the  problem. 

2.  Exploring  possible  alternative  ways  of  resolving 
the  problem. 

3.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  the  choices. 

4.  Choosing  the  alternative. 

The  purpose  of  values  clarification  is  to  help  young  people 
build  their  own  value  system.   Louis  Rath,  who  formulated  the 
values  clarification  approach,  broke  the  process  of  valuing 
into  three  sub-processes  (Simon,  p.  19) . 

!•   Prizing:    cherishing  to  the  point  of  being  willing 
to  publicly  affirm  a  belief. 

2.  Choosing:   looking  at  the  various  alternatives, 

considering  the  consequences,  and  choosing  freely, 

3.  Acting:     consistently  and  repetitiously  acting  on  one's 

beliefs. 


-103- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  the  decision-making  process  and  how 
it  applies  to  drinking. 

THE  DECISION-MAKING  PROCESS 

Many  people  tend  to  flow  with  the  tide  and  never  realize 
their  responsibility  in  making  decisions.   The  following 
activities  will  help  students  recognize  their  role  in  the 
decision-making  process  and  help  them  become  more  responsible 
in  this  area. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Explain  the  process  of  making  decisions.   The  four 
steps  involved  are  as  follows: 

a.  Defining  the  problem. 

b.  Looking  at  ways  of  resolving  the  problems. 

c.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  making  choices. 

d.  Choosing  from  the  alternatives. 

2.  Hold  a  discussion  on  what  decisions  need  to  be  made 
concerning  drinking  alcoholic  beverages.   For  example: 

a.  to  drink  or  not  to  drink; 

b.  to  go  or  not  go  to  a  kegger; 

c.  to  take  a  six  pack  of  beer  to  a  friends  house  or  not  to;  or 

d.  to  ride  or  not  ride  with  someone  who  has  been  drinking. 

Hand  out  a  copy  of  "It's  Your  Decision"  to  each  student. 
This  handout  will  help  students  put  the  decision-making  process 
into  action. 

3.  Discuss  how  your  decisions  about  drinking  will  be 
influenced  by  your  values  about  drinking.   Hand  out  a 
copy  of  the  "Personal  Policy"  worksheet  to  each  student 
and  have  them  write  a  statement  on  their  beliefs  about 
drinking. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   "It's  Your  Decision"  and  "Personal  Policy" 
taken  directly  from  Smoking  Deserves  a  Smart  Answer:   Adolescent 
Smoking  Prevention  Resource  Guide,  (American  Lung  Association: 
1740  Broadway,  New  Yrok,  NY,  1983),  Worksheet  #6. 

-104- 


name 


It's  Your  Decision 


1.  What  is  the  decision  I  am  trying  to  make? 


2.  What  information  about  the  decision  will  help  me  to  decide? 


3.  What  are  my  choices?  What  are  the  good  and  bad  consequences  of  each 
choice? 


CHOICE  1 


Choice: 

Good 
Consequences 

Bad 
Consequences 

CHOICE  2 

Choice: 

Good 
Consequences 

Bad 
Consequences 

-105- 


4.  How  will  the  people  and  things  important  to  me  be  affected  by  my  decision? 

Family: 

Friends: 

School:    ___ 

Other: 

5.  Put  a  star  by  those  items  in  #3  and  #4  that  are  MOST  IMPORTANT  to  YOU. 

6.  Now  select  the  best  decision  for  you:  I  have  decided  to 

because 


7.  What  might  make  it  difficult  for  you  to  stick  to  your  decision? 


8.  What  might  help  you  to  stick  to  your  decision? 


-106- 


o 
-J 
I 


Personal  Policy 


have  decided 


Signed 


r 


My  school  policy  is: 


My  family's  policy  is: 


o 

03 
I 


My  community  policy  is: 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  one's  attitudes  on  drinking  and  what 
factors  have  influenced  those  attitudes. 

ATTITUDES  &  ALCOHOL 

Researchers  have  revealed  low  incidences  of  alcoholism  and 
alcohol  abuse  among  cultures  who  use  alcohol  as  part  of  their 
daily  lives.   Following  is  a  list  of  attitudes  which  have  fostered 
responsible  drinking  within  their  cultures. 

1.  Children  are  exposed  to  alcohol  early  in  life,  within 
an  established  family  or  religious  context.   Whatever 

the  beverage,  it  is  served  diluted  and  in  small  quantities, 
resulting  in  low  blood-alcohol  levels. 

2.  The  beverages  used  are  commonly  those  containing  large 
amounts  of  non-alcoholic  components  (wines  or  beers) , 
which  help  to  retain  low  blood-alcohol  levels. 

3.  The  beverage  is  considered  mainly  as  a  food  and  is 
usually  consumed  with  meals. 

4.  Parents  present  a  constant  example  of  moderate  drinking. 

5.  No  moral  importance  is  attached  to  drinking.   It  is 
considered  neither  a  virtue  nor  a  sin. 

6.  Drinking  is  not  viewed  as  proof  of  adulthood  or  virility. 

7.  Abstinence  is  socially  acceptable.   It  is  no  more  rude  or 
ungracious  to  decline  a  drink  than  to  decline  a  piece  of  cake. 

8.  Excessive  drinking  or  intoxication  is  not  socially  accept- 
able and  is  not  considered  stylish,  comic,  or  tolerable. 

9.  Alcohol  is  not  a  prime  focus  for  any  activity. 

10.   Finally,  perhaps  most  importantly,  there  is  wide  and 
usually  complete  agreement  among  members  of  the  group 
on  the  ground  rules  of  drinking. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Give  each  student  a  copy  of  the  list  of  attitudes  which 
foster  responsible  drinking  behavior.   Have  the  students 
compare  these  attitudes  to  those  attitudes  which  they 
are  exposed  to  from: 

a.   parents        b.   peers        c.   others 

2.  Have  each  student  write  a  statement  of  their  own  attitudes 
toward  alcohol  at  this  time.   Have  them  reflect  on  how 
these  attitudes  have  been  influenced  by  parents,  peers, 
and  others. 

USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   List  of  attitudes  taken  directly  from  Engs , 
Ruth;  "Responsibility  and  Alcohol",  Health  Education,  Jan/Feb,  1981, 
Vol.  12,  #1,  p.  20. 

-109- 


Key  Concept:   Demonstration  of  the  power  of  peer  pressure. 

THE  LINE  ACTIVITY 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  as  a  lead-up  for  a 
discussion  on  student  behaviors  related  to  drugs  and  peer  pressure. 

ACTIVITY: 

Ask  one  reasonably  confident  student  to  stand  outside  the 
door  for  a  few  minutes.   Explain  to  the  class  that  the  purpose 
of  this  activity  will  be  to  try  to  convince  the  person  outside  of 
something  that  is  not  true.   Draw  two  parallel  lines  on  the  chalk 
board,  making  sure  that  one  is  slightly — but  noticeably — longer 
than  the  other.   Designate  seven  or  eight  students  to  use  whatever 
reasonable  tactics  they  can  think  of  to  persuade  the  person  outside 
that  the  lines  are  the  same  length.   (Depending  on  your  class,  you 
might  want  to  set  some  limits  on  "reasonable  tactics") .   Pick  3  or 
4  members  of  the  class  to  observe  what  happens  when  the  person 
comes  in  and  the  persuading  begins.   Ask  the  person  outside  to 
come;  explain  that  while  he/she  was  out  of  the  room  the  class 
began  discussing  the  length  of  the  two  lines  drawn  on  the  board; 
ask  the  student  to  compare  the  lines  in  terms  of  length.   As 
the  student  announces  that  one  line  is  longer,  let  the  persuaders 
begin.   Allow  the  activity  to  last  no  longer  than  five  minutes, 
taking  care  that  the  student  who  is  the  object  of  the  pressure 
does  not  feel  overly  put-down  or  threatened  by  the  pressure 
from  his/her  peers.   Call  the  pressure  off  at  an  appropriate 
point;  ask  the  observers  to  report  on  what  they  saw;  allow  the 
student  being  pressured  to  share  his/her  feelings  about  the 
pressure;  let  those  who  were  doing  the  pressuring  tell  how  they 
felt  about  their  role. 

Ask  the  class  to  think  of  ways  in  which  this  activity 
represents  situations  which  go  on  at  school.   With  the  class, 
develop  a  definition  of  peer  pressure  and  discuss  how  it  can 
influence  a  person's  decisions  regarding  such  health  issues 
as  drugs,  and  peer  pressure.   Make  a  list  of  these  ideas 
and  post  it  in  the  classroom. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse,  Saying  No: 
Drug  Abuse  Prevention  Ideas  for  the  Classroom, (Superintendent 
of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office:   Washington 
D.C.  1980) ,  p.  8. 


-110- 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  values  towards  alcohol  use, 


ALCOHOL  ATTITUDES 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  better  understand 
their  views  about  alcohol. 


ACTIVITY: 


Discuss  how  our  feelings  toward  alcohol  may  vary 
according  to  how  and  when  the  alcohol  is  being  used. 
Have  each  student  complete  the  "Alcohol  Attitude" 
worksheet  and  discuss. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  Mt.,  Junior  High,  1979),  p.  22. 


-Ill- 


ALCOHOL  ATTITUDES 


Directions : 


Read  the  description  of  the  fictitious  people  listed  below 
and  rank  them  on  the  basis  of  how  strongly  you  feel  about  their 
negative  characteristics.   No.  1  would  represent  the  character 
who  you  feel  has  the  most  negative  (bad)  characteristics,  and 
No.  8  would  have  the  least  negative  characteristics.   For  example, 
one  might  rank  a  person  who  deliberately  gives  a  child  an  apple  in 
which  he  has  hidden  razor  blades  as  No .  1,  and  one  who  cheats  on 
his  diet  by  having  a  candy  bar  as  No.  8. 


INDIVIDUAL  RANK 


GROUP  RESPONSE 


Friend     A  person  who  buys  beer  in  a  grocery 
store  to  give  to  her  friends  who  are 
under  21  years  of  age. 

Counselor   A  student  who  comes  to  a  counselor  in 
school  to  tell  him/her  of  his  involve- 
ment with  alcohol  and  the  counselor 
tells  his  parents. 


_Boozer     Person  who  comes  to  the  school  dance  drunk, 

_Teacher    Teacher  who  believes  very  strongly  that 
alcohol  is  bad  and  has  told  a  few  things 
to  his/her  students  that  weren't  true 
just  so  they  would  be  sure  not  to  drink. 


Father     Father  who  drinks  a  couple  beers  each 

evening  to  be  sociable  but  yells  when  he 
hears  his  15  year-old  son  has  been 
drinking  at  a  party. 

_Driver      A  22  year-old  girl  who  has  been  drinking 
heavily  at  a  party  and  decides  to  drive 
her  friends  home  in  her  parents'  car. 

_Police     Policeman  who  knows  of  a  9th  grade  drinking 
party  but  doesn't  investigate  because  he 
says,  "Kids  will  be  kids". 


Alcoholic   Man  who  argues  with  his  wife  and  causes 

family  problems  because  he  can't  hold  a  job, 


-112- 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  values  through  role  playing . 


ROLE  PLAYING 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  clarify  their 
values  concerning  alcohol  use  and  will  help  improve  their 
decision-making  ability. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Make  copies  of  the  worksheet  "What  Would  You  Do?"  and 
distribute  to  each  student  in  the  class.   Have  the 
students  write  brief  responses  to  one  or  more  scenarios. 

2.  Have  the  students  break  into  small  groups  and  discuss: 

a.  what  they  could  do,  how  and  why, 

b.  what  they  would  do,  how  and  why. 

Each  group  reports  its  conclusions  to  the  class  and 
responds  to  comments  and  questions  from  the  class  and 
teacher. 

3.  Have  the  students  create  their  own  scenarios  and  present 
to  the  class.  Have  the  class  respond  with  what  they  could 
and  would  do,  how  and  why. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12, 
THelena,  Mt. ,  Junior  High,  1979),  pp.  16,  18. 


-113- 


WHAT  WOULD  YOU  DO? 


You  are  j 
has  come 
but  the  r 
expensive 
taking  ca 
brother  i 
You  have 
40  cents. 


ust  finishing  up  hockey  practice  and  your  brother 
to  pick  you  up.   He  hates  this  task  and  you  know  it, 

A  taxi  would  be 


ink  is  several  miles  from  home. 
,  and  your  father  is  working  and 
re  of  your  brothers  and  sisters, 
s  roaring  drunk  but  insists  he's 
about  25  cents  on  you.  Bus  fare 
What  could  you  do?   What  would 


your  mother  is 

This  time  your 
able  to  drive  okay, 
to  vour  home  is 
you  do?  Why? 


Jack  noticed  that  Brenda,  his  date,  was  very  loud  at  the  party. 
She  accepted  another  drink  and  was  consuming  it  rapidly.   "Hey, 
Brenda,  lay  off.   You've  had  too  much!"   Jack  said  firmly  as 
he  tried  to  remove  the  glass  from  her  hand.   Brenda  pushed 
back  angrily.   "Leggo" .   What  could  Jack  have  done?  What 
would  you  have  done?   Why? 

You  babysat  tonight  with  three  children  while  their  parents 
went  to  a  party.   You  need  every  cent  of  the  money  for  new 
school  clothes,  so  you  don't  want  to  take  a  cab.   The  lady, 
who  is  your  mother's  best  friend,  offers  to  drive  you  home, 
but  she  is  so  drunk  she  had  trouble  getting  in  the  house. 
What  could  you  do?   What  would  you  do?   Why? 

Cindy  is  going  to  a  party.   Her  parents  ask  her  about  her  plans. 
Cindy  wonders  what  to  say.   She  knows  they  don't  approve  of 
liquor,  yet  the  party  is  at  Tom's  and  there  is  going  to  be 
beer  for  everyone.   What  could  Cindy  do?   What  would  you  do?  Why? 

A  good  friend  has  offered  you  a  ride  home  from  school  today 
after  track  practice.   You  don't  have  any  money  with  you  and 
your  parents  will  not  be  home  until  later.   Your  friend's  mother 
comes  roaring  down  the  street  in  their  green  station  wagon. 
Instead  of  stopping  at  the  curb,  she  pulls  right  up  on  the 
sidewalk  in  front  of  the  school.   As  soon  as  you  get  into 
the  car  you  can  smell  liquor  on  her  breath.   You  don't  want 
to  hurt  your  friend's  feelings,  and  he  isn't  saying  anything. 
You  live  four  miles  from  school.   What  could  you  do?  What 
would  you  do?   Why? 


-114- 


SELF-CONCEPT 
7-8 

A  main  reason  for  drinking  is  the  feelings  of  well  being 
one  gets  from  alcohol.   Development  of  a  positive  self-esteem 
without  the  use  of  alcohol  is  crucial  in  the  prevention  of  alcohol 
abuse.   The  process  of  developing  students'  self-esteem  include 
activities  which  do  the  following  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) : 

1.  Help  students  recognize  and  accept  feelings. 

2.  Help  individuals  share  aspects  of  themselves  with  others. 

3.  Help  students  accept  individual  differences. 


-115- 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-concepts. 

MY  COAT  OF  ARMS 

ACTIVITY: 

Encourage  discussion  on  how  symbols  are  used  in  corporation 
logos  or  on  football  helmets  for  communicating  messages.   During 
the  Middle  Ages  some  families  created  coats  of  arms  to  describe 
family  achievements,  vocations,  and  beliefs. 

Provide  copies  of  the  worksheet  entitled  "My  Coat  of  Arms". 
Write  the  following  instructions  on  the  chalkboard: 

1.  In  space  number  1,  print  your  full  name  in  a  very 
special  way. 

2.  In  space  number  2,  express  in  a  drawing  something  that 
would  best  describe  you. 

3.  In  space  number  3,  express  in  a  drawing  something  that 
might  describe  what  you  will  be  doing  fifteen  years  from.  now. 

4.  In  space  number  4,  express  in  a  drawing  a  very  special 
wish  or  dream  you  have. 

5.  In  space  number  5,  express  in  a  drawing  a  special  achieve- 
ment you  have  achieved. 

6.  In  space  number  6,  express  in  a  drawing  a  special  memory 
or  event  in  your  life. 

Provide  time  for  each  student  to  describe  his  own  coat  of 
arms  to  the  entire  class.   Display  all  coats  of  arms  in  the 
classroom. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Stanish,  Bob,  Connecting  Rainbows, 
(Good  Apple,  Inc.:   Carthage,  IL. ,  1982),  pp.  69-70. 


-116- 


Y  COAT  OF  ARMS 


I 

1 

k. 

2. 

5. 

\3. 

6.1 

%                j 

■117- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  how  a  person's  self-concept  can  be 
influenced  by  others. 


LABELING  GAME 

Poor  self-concept  has  been  one  reason  why  many  young  people 
often  turn  to  drugs.   The  following  activity  is  a  way  to  help 
students  become  aware  of  their  own  interactions  with  others  and 
how  others  are  affected  by  them. 

ACTIVITY: 

Prepare  positive  and  negative  labels  such  as  the  following: 

PRAISE  ME  IGNORE  ME 

RESPECT  ME  INTERRUPT  ME 

LIKE  ME  CRITICIZE  ME 

LISTEN  TO  ME  DISAGREE  WITH  ME 

Place  one  label  on  the  forehead  of  each  student.   The 
wearer  should  not  know  what  his/her  label  is. 

Choose  a  current  topic  to  stimulate  discussion.  Have  the 
students  respond  to  each  other  according  to  the  label  that  is 
on  their  forehead. 

After  10-15  minutes,  hold  a  discussion  on  the  reactions  of 
the  students  to  the  game.   Ask  questions  such  as: 

1.  Could  you  guess  what  your  label  was? 

2.  How  did  you  feel  about  the  way  people  treated  you? 

3.  How  could  this  labeling  activity  apply  to  real  life 
situations? 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Toohey,  Jack  V.,  and  Thomas  L.  Dezelsky, 
"A  Values  Clarification  Project  in  Southern  Mexico",  Health 
Education,  May/June,  1979,  Vol.  10,  #3,  p.  21. 


-118- 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-esteem. 


MY  GLURP 


ACTIVITY: 


Explain  to  the  students  that  a  "GLURP"  is  something  that 
one  prizes,  enjoys  and  feels  proud  about.   Each  letter  in 
"GLURP"  stands  for  something  about  us. 

G  =  something  you  are  good  at 

L  =  something  you  like 

U  =  something  you  do  umpteen  times  without  getting  bored 

R  =  something  that  releases  your  energy 

P  =  something  that  you  are  proud  of 

An  example  of  one  person's  GLURP  is  as  follows: 

"My  GLURP  is  gathering  seed  pods,  mushrooms,  and  unusual 
grasses  and  weeds   which  are  preserved  and  pasted  in  strips  of 
old  barn  siding.   The  strips  make  beautiful  wall  hangings.   In 
fact,  some  of  the  wall  hangings  I  give  away.   I  feel  proud  when 
I  see  my  work  in  someone ' s  house . " 

Have  the  students  write  their  own  GLURP  on  the  following 
worksheet.  Later  have  the  students  share  their  GLURP ' S  with 
the  rest  of  the  class. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Stanish,  Bob;  Connecting  Rainbows, 
(Good  Apple  Inc.:   Carthage,  IL. ,  1982),  pp.  65-66. 


-119- 


M<6LIKP 


What's  a  GLURP?  A  GLURP  is  something  you1  re  good  at;  something 
you  like;  something  you  could  do  umpteen  times  without  getting  bored; 
something  that  releases  your  energy,  end  something  you're  proud  of. 


My  GLURP  is 


Paste   a  class  photo   of  you  within  the  picture  frame, 
Finish  the  picture  by  drawing  yourself  doing  your  GLURP! 


-120- 


(Kcokol  tiuatioft 


ALCOHOL  EDUCATION 
9-12 

Most  high  school  students  have  or  will  experiment  with 
alcohol;  hence  the  focus  at  this  level  should  be  in  promoting 
"responsible"  drinking  behavior.   Since  high  school  is  when  most 
students  will  be  getting  their  drivers  license,  education  about 
drinking  and  driving  is  also  of  utmost  importance.   Following 
are  suggested  alcohol  concepts  to  stress  at  the  high  school  level. 

1.  Physical  effects  of  alcohol  use. 

2.  "Responsible"  drinking. 

3.  Alcohol  "tolerance"  as  a  step  towards  alcoholism. 

4.  Drinking  and  driving. 

5.  Use  of  alcohol  during  pregnancy. 


•121- 


Key  Concept:   A  needs  assessment  to  determine  what  students 
do  know  and  do  not  know  about  alcohol . 


PRE/POST  ALCOHOL  KNOWLEDGE  TEST 

Hand  out  the  following  test  as  a  pre-test  to  determine 
how  much  the  students  already  know  about  alcohol.   Following 
a  unit  on  alcohol  education,  give  the  test  as  a  post-test  to 
determine  if  the  alcohol  education  unit  was  effective. 


ANSWERS  TO  THE  TEST 


1. 

True 

15. 

True 

29. 

False 

2. 

True 

16. 

True 

30. 

False 

3. 

False 

17. 

False 

31. 

False 

4. 

False 

18. 

False 

32. 

True 

5. 

True 

19. 

False 

33. 

True 

6. 

True 

20. 

True 

34. 

False 

7. 

False 

21. 

False 

35. 

True 

8. 

False 

22. 

True 

36. 

True 

9. 

False 

23. 

False 

37. 

False 

10. 

False 

24. 

True 

38. 

True 

11. 

False 

25. 

True 

39. 

True 

12. 

False 

26. 

True 

40. 

True 

13. 

True 

27. 

False 

41. 

True 

14. 

True 

28. 

True 

USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Alcohol  Knowledge  Test  was  taken  directly 
from  Langone,  John,  Bombed,  Buzzed,  Smashed  or  Sober,  (Little, 
Brown,  and  Co.:   Boston,  Mass.,  1976),  3rd  ed. ,  pp.  6-8. 

-122- 


ALCOHOL  KNOWLEDGE  TEST 


Answer  true  or  false  to  the  following  questions  concerning 
alcohol  use  and  abuse. 


1.  Alcohol  is  a  food. 

2.  Alcohol  is  a  drug. 

3.  Alcohol  is  a  stimulant. 

4.  A  martini  is  stronger  than  a  shot  of  whiskey. 

5.  Liquor  of  100  proof  contains  50  percent  alcohol. 


6.  A  four-ounce  glass  of  wine,  a  twelve-ounce  can  of 
beer  and  an  ounce  of  vodka  contains  about  the  same 
amount  of  alcohol. 

7.  Drinking  coffee  is  the  best  way  to  sober  up. 

3.   Intoxication  and  alcoholism  are  the  same  thing. 

9.   Liquor  in  any  quantity  has  a  bad  effect  on  the  body  . 

10.  Everyone  reacts  the  same  way  to  the  same  amount 
of  alcohol. 

11.  Liquor  will  go  to  your  head  faster  if  you've  eaten. 

12.  There  is  one  cause  of  alcoholism  and  that  is  alcohol. 

13.  Alcohol  contains  calories. 

14.  It  is  better  to  sip  a  drink  slowly. 

15.  Drinking  alone  is  a  danger  signal. 

16.  Liquor  can  kill  because  it  is  a  poison. 

17.  Most  heavy  drinkers  are  alcoholics. 

18.  All  alcoholics  are  heavy  drinkers. 

19.  Alcoholism  can  be  cured. 

20.  Alcohol  can  make  you  depressed. 

21.  Liquor  mixed  with  water  will  affect  you  faster  than 
liquor  drunk  straight. 

22.  It's  best  not  to  drive  a  car  right  after  even  one  drink. 


-123- 


23.  Psychotherapy  is  the  only  way  to  treat  someone 
with  a  drinking  problem. 

24.  There  is  one-half  ounce  of  pure  alcohol  in  a 
twelve-ounce  can  of  beer. 

25.  A  person's  emotional  state  can  affect  his  or  her 
reaction  to  alcohol. 

26.  Alcoholism  is  an  illness. 

27.  Alcoholism  is  a  crime. 

28.  Heroin  and  alcohol  can  cause  physical  dependence. 

29.  You  have  to  drink  at  least  a  pint  of  liquor  a 
day  to  become  an  alcoholic. 

30.  Ski  row  produces  the  majority  of  alcoholics. 

31.  You  can  get  drunker  by  switching  drinks. 

32.  Most  alcoholics  are  men. 

33.  If  a  person  sips  a  drink  slowly  over  an  hour 
he  or  she  will  probably  not  feel  any  effects. 

34.  You  can't  become  an  alcoholic  by  drinking  only  wine. 

35.  Beer  and  wine  have  a  slower  effect  than  liquor. 

36.  Alcohol  goes  directly  to  the  brain. 

37.  You  can  sober  up  by  dousing  your  head  in  cold 
water  or  taking  a  cold  shower. 

38.  Moderate  drinkers  seem  to  live  longer  than 
people  who  abstain. 

39.  It  is  not  yet  known  whether  alcoholism  can  be  inherited. 

40.  Heavy  drinkers  know  less  about  alcohol  than  do 
abstainers  or  light  drinkers. 

41.  Ethnic  background,  socioeconomic  status,  education, 
and  occupation  affect  the  way  we  drink. 


-124- 


Key  Concept:   Physical  Effects  of  Alcohol  Use. 


ALCOHOL  AND  THE  BODY 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  better  understand 
the  effects  of  alcohol  on  the  human  body  and  why  people  may  get 
slurred  speech  and  walk  funny  after  having  had  too  much  to  drink, 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Have  all  students  read  "How  is  Alcohol  Absorbed  Into 
The  Body?"   Discuss  this  with  the  class. 

2.  Explain  to  the  students  that  the  following  information 
is  about  how  alcohol  affects  the  brain.   Have  the 
students  read  "How  Does  Alcohol  Affect  Body  Functions?" 
After  reading  the  article  have  students  answer  the 
following  questions. 

a.  What  are  the  three  layers  of  the  brain  and  what 
functions  are  associated  with  each  of  these  areas? 

b.  Which  part  of  the  brain  controls  memory,  reason, 
body  movement,  speech,  and  vision? 

c.  What  part  of  the  brain  is  affected  first  by  alcohol? 

d.  At  what  blood  alcohol  content  will  one  begin  to 
notice  slurring  of  speech. 

e.  At  what  blood  alcohol  content  does  it  become 
hazardous  to  drive. 

3.  Test  the  students  knowledge  of  the  material  presented 
with  Worksheet  2E. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Ohio  Dept.  of  Education,  Alcohol  and 
Other  Drugs:   A  Curriculum  Guide,  (Division  of  School  Finance, 
Drivers  Education  Section,  Columbus,  Ohio,  19),  pp.  21-28,  47-48 


-125- 


How  Is  Alcohol  Absorbed  into  the  Body? 

Alcohol  proceeds  through  the  digestive  system  in  a  unique  manner,  differently  from 
any  other  beverage,  food,  or  drug.  Alcohol  is  not  digested;  it  is  absorbed  through  the 
stomach  and  small  intestines  directly  into  the  bloodstream.  Once  the  alcohol  enters  the 
circulatory  system,  the  heart's  pumping  action  transports  this  drug  along  the  blood- 
stream through  the  liver  to  the  brain  and  other  organs  of  the  body. 

As  the  circulating  alcohol  passes  through  the  liver,  the  body  rapidly  eliminates  about 
10  percent  of  it  through  the  kidneys,  sweat  glands,  and  lungs.  Because  alcohol  evap- 
orates in  air  that  is  breathed  out  of  the  lungs,  it  is  possible  to  smell  alcohol  on  the  breath 
of  someone  who  has  been  drinking.  This  indicates  how  quickly  and  in  what  an  un- 
altered state  alcohol  enters  the  bloodstream. 

The  remaining  90  percent  of  the  alcohol  concentrated  in  the  bloodstream  is  oxidized 
(mixed  with  oxygen  and  eliminated),  mostly  by  the  liver,  at  the  rate  of  .015  percent  an 
hour.  When  alcohol  is  consumed  at  a  faster  rate  than  the  rate  at  which  it  is  oxidized,  the 
drug  accumulates  in  the  blood. 

The  percentage  of  alcohol  in  the  bloodstream  is  measured  in  terms  of  the  Blood  Al- 
cohol Concentration  (BAC).  BAC  is  expressed  as  the  amount  of  alcohol  in  100  cubic 
centimeters  of  blood.  A  typical  drink  (about  one-half  ounce  of  alcohol)  will  usually  pro- 
duce a  BAC  of  .03  percent  in  a  person  weighing  110  to  140  pounds.  Since  .015 
percent  (or  half  the  .03  percent  BAC)  is  oxidized  each  hour,  all  the  alcohol  will  be  ox- 
idized after  two  hours.  So,  after  one  typical  drink,  there  is  alcohol  circulating  in  the 
blood  for  about  two  hours. 

After  consuming  two  drinks  in  a  hour,  the  average  person  will  have  a  BAC  of  .06 
percent,  which  will  require  four  hours  to  oxidize.  After  three  drinks,  the  same  person 
will  have  a  BAC  of  .09  percent,  which  will  require  six  hours  to  oxidize. 

Because  the  increased  concentration  of  alcohol  in  the  bloodstream  greatly  affects  a 
person's  ability  to  function,  a  person  with  a  BAC  of  .10  percent  is  legally  defined  as 
intoxicated. 


-126- 


How  Does  Alcohol  Affect  Body  Functions? 


While  prolonged  excessive  use  of  alcohol  can  interfere  with  the  functions  of  the  digest- 
ive and  circulatory  systems,  the  most  immediate  and  observable  effects  of  alcohol  in  the 
bloodstream  are  caused  by  changes  in  the  functions  of  the  central  nervous  system,  pri- 
marily the  brain. 

As  alcohol  is  carried  to  the  various  organs  of  the  body,  it  is  absorbed  into  these  organs 
in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  water  each  organ  contains.  Because  of  the  high  concen- 
tration of  blood  (and  therefore  water)  in  the  brain,  alcohol  affects  this  organ  first.  To 
understand  how  alcohol  affects  the  brain  and  produces  certain  behaviors,  one  must  first 
be  familiar  with  the  structure  and  functions  of  the  brain. 

Structure  and  Functions  of  the  Brain 

The  brain  is  organized  into  three  hierarchical  layers  (see  illustration  2A) : 

(1)  the  central  core 

(2)  the  limbic  system 

(3)  the  cerebrum. 

Blood  travels  through  the  central  core  and  limbic  system  to  the  highest,  most  complex 
brain  center:  the  cerebrum.  The  effects  of  alcohol  are  first  felt  in  this  area. 

The  Cerebrum 

The  cerebrum,  the  largest  part  of  the  brain,  is  covered  by  a  layer  of  gray  matter  called 
the  cerebral  cortex.  It  is  in  the  cerebral  cortex  that  complex  mental  activities  take  place. 


In  analyzing  the  cerebral  cortex,  researchers  have  found  that  different  brain  functions 
and  activities  seem  to  be  localized  in  our  different  areas  called  lobes.  The  lobes  are: 

(1)  frontal  lobe 

(2)  parietal  lobe 

(3)  temporal  lobe 

(4)  occipital  lobe 

As  illustrated  in  illustration  2B,  each  of  these  lobes  is  in  one  of  the  two  cerebral  hem- 
ispheres (the  right  and  the  left)  in  the  cerebrum.  The  parietal  and  frontal  lobes  are  sep- 
arated by  the  lateral  fissure. 


-127- 


2A.  STRUCTURE  OF  THE  BRAIN 


LIMBIC 
SYSTEM 


CEREBRUM 

THALAMUS 
HYPOTHALAMUS 

MEDULLA 
CEREBELLUM 


\ CENTRAL  CORE 


BRAIN  STEM 
SPINAL  CORD 


-128- 


The  brain  function  areas  in  the  cerebral  cortex 

Area  Location 

Association  Frontal  lobe, 

temporal  lobe 


Motor 


Sensory 


Language 


Auditory 


Visual 


Frontal  lobe 
along  central 
fissure 

Parietal  lobe, 
directly  across 
from  motor  area 

Frontal  lobe, 
just  above 
lateral  fissure 


Temporal  lobe, 
just  below 
lateral  fissure 

Occipital  lobe 


include  the  following: 

Function 

Controls  thought  processes 
such  as  learning,  memory, 
reason,  and  judgment. 

Controls  body  movement;  af- 
fects trunk,  arms,  lips,  and 
face. 

Controls  sensory  awareness: 
feelings  of  touch— heat,  cold, 
and  pain. 

Controls  speech.  Usually  the 
speech  function  is  located 
in  the  left  hemisphere  of 
the  cerebrum. 

Controls  hearing. 


Controls  vision. 


The  Limbic  System 

When  additional  alcohol  is  consumed,  thereby  increasing  the  BAC,  the  alcohol  affects 
the  next  layer  of  the  brain,  the  limbic  system,  located  below  the  cerebrum.  The  func- 
tions regulated  in  the  limbic  system  include: 

(1)  programming  of  certain  sequential  activities 

(2)  control  of  emotions 

(3)  respiration 

(4)  heart  rate. 


-129- 


Central  Fissure 


2B 


Frontal  Lobe 


Parietal  Lobe 


o 

I 


Lateral 
Fissure 


Occipital 
Lobe 


Temporal  Lobe 


The  Central  Core 

As  the  concentration  of  alcohol  in  the  bloodstream  increases,  the  alcohol  affects  the 
central  core  of  the  brain  which  consists  of  several  different  structures  with  various 
functions: 


Hypothalamus 


Thalamus 


Cerebellum 


Medulla 


Brain  stem 


Controls  different  types  of  motivation  involving  eating,  drinking, 
and  sleeping.  The  hypothalamus  also  controls  feelings  of  pleas- 
ure, pain,  rage,  and  other  emotions.  Maintains  body  temperature. 

Functions  as  a  relay  station  between  the  lower  parts  of  the  cen- 
tral nervous  system  and  the  higher  centers  of  the  brain.  To  some 
extent,  the  thalamus  controls  sleeping  and  waking. 

Controls  motor  coordination  and  balance. 

Controls  such  vital  body  functions  as  automatic  reflexes  of  breath- 
ing and  coughing. 

Contains  the  nerve  fibers  that  run  between  the  spinal  cord  and 
the  brain.  The  brain  stem  controls  vital  body  functions  of  breath- 
ing, maintenance  of  body  temperature,  and  heart  rate. 


As  alcohol  accumulates  in  the  bloodstream,  it  has  a  progressively  depressing  effect  on 
the  parts  of  the  brain  just  described  and  on  their  functions.  Illustration  2C  and  the  ac- 
companying chart  show  the  brain  functions  affected  at  various  levels  of  Blood  Alcohol 
Concentration  and  describe  some  of  the  behaviors  exhibited  by  drinkers  at  each  of  the 
levels. 


-131- 


2C      ESMi  .02%  to  .05% 

mm  .06%  to  .10% 

E=!  .12%  to  .15% 
Wmm  .3%  to  .4% 
.5% 


-132- 


EFFECTS  OF  ALCOHOL  ON  THE  BRAIN 


Areas  of  brain 

Amount  of 

BAC 

progressively 

Functions 

Effects  or 

alcohol 

affected 

affected 

symptoms 

2  drinks  in 

.02%  to 

association 

reason, 

dizziness, 

one  hour 

.06% 

area  of 
cerebrum 

judgment 

less  inhibited 
behavior,  over- 
estimation  of 
skills,  less  sound 
judgment,  slower 
reaction  time 

2  to  3  drinks 

.06%  to 

most  of 

judgment, 

slurring  of 

in  one  hour 

.10% 

cerebrum 

reason, 
senses,  motor 
coordination, 
vision, 
speech 

speech,  blurring 
of  vision,  loss  of 
coordination 
(including  those 
skills  needed  for 
driving) 

4  to  5  drinks 

.12%  to 

entire 

judgment, 

double  vision, 

in  one  hour 

.15% 

cerebrum 

reason, 

motor 

coordination, 

vision, 

speech, 

hearing 

drowsiness, 
loss  of  balance, 
clumsiness 

10  to  12  drinks 

.3%  to 

limbic 

all  above 

deep  sleep, 

in  one  hour 

.4% 

system 

functions  plus: 
respiration, 
heart  rate 

coma 

more  than  12 

.5% 

central 

all  above 

deep  coma, 

drinks  in 

core 

functions  plus: 

death 

one  hour 

respiration, 
heart  rate, 
body 
temperature 

-133- 


WORKSHEET  2E 


BRAIN  SHADING  -  ESTIMATED  BRAIN  INVOLVEMENT 
AT  VARIOUS  BLOOD  ALCOHOL  LEVELS 

List  the  brain  functions  affected  at  the  BAC  levels  shown  in  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  E. 


.02%  -  .05% 


-134- 


2E  (page  2  of  2) 


-135- 


Key  Concept: 


Raise  awareness  of  anticipated  and  unanticipated 
consequences  of  drinking. 


ANTICIPATED/UNANTICIPATED  CONSEQUENCES  OF  DRINKING 

Although  it  may  seem  self-evident,  it  is  important  to 
emphasize  that  drinking  alcohol  produces  different  consequences 
than  drinking  milk,  coffee,  tea,  cola,  or  other  nonalcoholic 
beverages.   Drinking  alcohol  produces  intoxication:   a  unique 
biological  and  behavioral  event  that  has  the  potential  to 
influence  and  become  part  of  other  biological  and  behavioral 
events,  especially  when  intoxication  is  repeated. 

The  most  immediate  and  anticipated  consequences  of  drinking 
alcohol  are  biological.   Some  biologically  anticipated  and 
unanticipated  consequences  are  as  follows: 


Anticipated  Biological 
Consequences 


Unanticipated  Biological 
Consequences 


Intoxication 
Euphoria 
Pleasant  Taste 
Calories 


Nausea 
Vomiting 
Hangover 
Injuries 


Along  with  biological  consequences  comes  behavioral 
consequences.   Following  are  some  examples  of  anticipated  and 
unanticipated  behavioral  consequences. 


Anticipated  Behavioral 
Consequences 

Stress  relief 
Forget  worries 
Feel  better  about  self 


Unanticipated  Behavioral 
Consequences 

Must  have  alcohol  to  relax 
Irritability  next  morning 
Sleep  loss 


It  is  important  to  note  that  unanticipated  consequences  of 
alcohol  use  are  less  likely  to  occur  than  anticipated  consequences, 
and  they  are  more  likely  to  be  negative  than  positive.   Anticipated 
consequences  tend  to  be  immediate,  whereas  unanticipated  consequences 
are  more  likely  to  be  delayed.   For  example,  a  hangover  is  less 
likely  to  occur  than  intoxication;  is  more  negative  than  intoxi- 
cation; and  comes  the  day  after  drinking  (whereas  intoxication  is 
immediate) .   In  alcohol  education,  it  could  be  stressed  that  the 
consequences  of  moderate  drinking  are  likely  to  be  immediate 
and  positive,  whereas  the  consequences  of  over-consumption  are 
delayed  and  negative. 


-136- 


ACTIVITIES: 


1.  Have  students  brainstorm  what  are  some  anticipated  and 
unanticipated  consequences  of  drinking.   List  on  the 
blackboard. 

2.  Have  students  think  of  a  time  when  they  have  drunk 
alcoholic  beverages.   Have  them  fill  out  a  sheet 
listing  the  consequences  of  their  drinking.   If  a 
student  has  never  drunk,  have  him/her  list  the  con- 
sequences of  someone  else's  drinking  behavior. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Mills,  Kenneth  C.  and  others,  Handbook 
for  Alcohol  Education:   The  Community  Approach,  (Ballinger 
Publishing  Co.:   Cambridge,  Mass.,  1983),  pp.  205-207. 


-137- 


Key  Concepts:   Factors  which  constitute  the  amount  a  person  can 
drink  before  becoming  intoxicated. 
Discussion  on  "Responsible  Drinking". 

BEING  INTOXICATED  -  BEING  RESPONSIBLE 

The  amount  a  person  can  drink  before  becoming  intoxicated 
is  determined  by  the  following: 

1.  weight  of  the  person 

2.  number  of  drinks 

3.  rate  of  consumption  (slower  drinking  means  slower  absorption) 

4.  presence  of  food  in  stomach  (slows  absorption) 

5.  low  body  temperature  (delays  emptying) 

In  most  states  .10  is  considered  to  be  the  accepted  blood 
alcohol  content  to  be  classified  as  intoxicated.   Hand  out  the 
following  chart  to  all  students.   Have  the  students  determine 
how  much  they  could  drink  in  one  hour  before  becoming  intoxicated. 


Table  15-2. 

Approximate 

Blood  Alt 

ohol  Leve 

in  Grams  Per  100 

ML  Aftci 

•  One 

Hour 

of  Drinking. 

NUMBER  OF  DRINKS 

■(12  oz. 

beer, 

4  oz.  w. 

tic  or 

BODT; 

V EIGHT  IN  1 

<DS 

1  oz. 

85 

proof  li 

quor) 

100 

120 

140 

160 

180 

200 

1 

0.04 

0.04 

0.03 

0.03 

0.02 

0.02 

2 

0.09 

0.07 

0.06 

0.05 

0.05 

0.04 

3 

0.13 

0.11 

0.09 

0.08 

0.07 

0.06 

4 

0.16 

0.14 

0.12 

0.11 

0.10 

0.09 

5 

0.22 

0.18 

0.16 

0.14 

0.12 

0.11 

6 

0.26 

0.22 

0.19 

0.16 

0.14 

0.13 

7 

0.30 

0.25 

0.22 

0.19 

0.17 

0.15 

8 

0.35 

0.29 

0.25 

0.22 

0.20 

0.17 

9 

0.39 

0.33 

0.28 

0.25 

0.22 

0.19 

Note:  subtract  .0]   grams/100  ml  for  each  forty  minutes  of  drinking. 
Source:  The  Center  for  Alcohol  Studies 
School  of  Medicine 
University  of  North  Carolina 
Chapel  Hill,  North  Carolina. 


-138- 


ACTIVITIES: 


BAC  = 

g/lOOml 

BAC  = 
BAC  = 

g/lOOml 
g/lOOml 

BAC  = 
BAC  = 

g/lOOml 
g/lOOml 

1.   Use  the  previous  chart  to  determine  the  following 

blood  alcohol  concentration  (BAC) . 

a.  2  drinks/140  lbs/2  hrs 

b.  4  drinks/120  lbs/3  hrs 

c.  2  drinks/120  lbs/1  hr 

d.  5  drinks/120  lbs/2  hrs 

e.  8  drinks/180  lbs/3  hrs 


ANSWERS:   a.   .03;   b.   .19;   c.   .05;   d.   .15;   e.   .15 

2.   Have  the  students  reflect  on  a  day  when  they  have 
drunk  one  or  more  alcoholic  beverages.   Have  them 
list  the  type  of  drink,  the  number  of  drinks,  how 
long  it  took  them  to  drink  it,  their  weight,  and 
whether  they  had  eaten  any  food  previous  to  drinking. 
According  to  the  information  listed,  have  the  students 
estimate  where  they  would  be  placed  on  the  following 
continuum. 


-139- 


CONTINUUM 
PREDICTABLE  ALCOHOL  EFFECTS  FROM  THE  AMOUNT  IN  THE  BLOODSTREAM 


.02   Light  and  moderate  drinkers  begin  to  feel  some 
effects.   Reached  usually  after  one  drink. 

.04   Most  people  begin  to  feel  relaxed. 

.06   Judgment  is  somewhat  impaired,  people  are  less  able 
to  make  rational  decisions  about  their  capabilities, 
and  inhibitions  are  lowered. 

.08   Definite  impairment  of  muscle  coordination  and  driving 
skills,  responses  to  stimuli  are  slowing,  judgment 
impaired,  inhibitions  continue  to  be  lowered,  and 
legally  drunk  in  some  states. 

.10   Clear  deterioration  of  reaction  time  and  control, 
legally  drunk  in  most  states. 

.12   Vomiting,  unless  level  is  reached  slowly. 

.15   Balance  and  movement  are  impaired.   About  1/2  pint 
of  whiskey  circulating  in  blood. 

.20   Decreased  pain  and  sensation,  marked  decrease  in 
response  to  stimuli. 

.30   Many  lose  consciousness. 

.40   Most  lose  consciousness,  depressed  reflexes,  anesthesia, 

.45   Subnormal  temperature,  impaired  circulation  and 
respiration. 

.50   Death 


Discuss  the  concept  of  "Responsible  Drinking". 

Have  the  students  write  a  statement  on  where  they 
feel  people  could  be  on  the  previous  continum  and 
still  be  called  a  "Responsible  Drinker". 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Mills,  Kenneth  C. ,  and  others,  Handbook 
for  Alcohol  Education:   The  Community  Approach,  (Ballinger 
Publishing  Co. ,  Mass.,  1983),  pp.  216-219. 


-140- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  "Blood  Alcohol  Content"  based  on 
time,  weight,  and  number  of  drinks. 


BLOOD  ALCOHOL  CONTENT 

The  following  activity  is  a  fast,  easy  way  for  students 
to  determine  what  their  blood  alcohol  content  would  be  based 
on  time,  weight,  and  number  of  drinks. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Have  each  student  put  together  a  "Blood  Alcohol 
Content"  Wheel. 

2.  Using  the  wheel,  have  the  students  determine  what 
their  blood  alcohol  content  would  be  if  they  each 
consumed  the  following  number  of  drinks  in  the  given 
amount  of  time. 

a.  2  drinks  in  1/2  hour 

b.  4  drinks  in  2  hours 

c.  3  drinks  in  2  hours 

d.  1  drink  in  1  1/2  hours 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Ohio  Dept.  of  Education,  Alcohol  And 
Other  Drugs:   A  Curriculum  Guide,  (Division  of  School  Finance, 
Drivers  Education  Section,  Columbus,  Ohio,  n.d.),  pp.  43-44. 


-141- 


WORKSHEET  2C 


(page  1  of  3) 


^ 


5V\ol  C0/} 

+  1.  Set   the  *CJCI 

total  number  of  drinks       ^Jv 


you've  had  so  far  under  your 
body  weight. 
2.   Read  the  figure  in  the  top  window. 
This  indicates  how  much  alcohol  would  be  in 
your  blood   if  you  drank  it  all  at  once. 


1.  Cut  out  circles  on  the  two  pages. 

2.  Paste  each  circle  on  cardboard  and  then  cut  out. 

3.  Cut  out  the  two  sections  indicated  on  the  smaller  circle 
(razor  may  be  easier  than  scissors). 

4.  Put  smaller  circle  on  top  of  larger  one,  fasten  together  through 
center  with  paper  fastener  being  as  accurate  as  possible. 


-142- 


WORKSHEET  2C 


(page  2  of  3) 


-143- 


Key  Concept:   Tolerance  to  alcohol  is  a  step  towards  alcoholism. 


TOLERANCE 

Tolerance  means  that  a  drinker  will  need  greater  doses  of 
alcohol  over  time  to  become  intoxicated. 

There  will  be: 

1.  an  adaptation  to  the  amount  of  alcohol  consumed; 

2.  an  adaptation  in  beliefs  about  the  consequences  of  use; 

3.  greater  number  of  beliefs  in  what  he/she  expects  from 
alcohol. 

-  Before  tolerance  is  developed,  a  high  dose  of  alcohol  would 
have  resulted  in  unconsciousness  or  death. 

-  Repeated  exposure  =  less  effect  of  the  drug  =  more  of  the 
drug  is  needed  to  get  the  desired  effect. 

-  A  person  who  has  developed  a  tolerance  to  alcohol  may  not 
appear  intoxicated  after  large  quantities  of  alcohol  because 
he/she  has  learned  to  overcome  the  unpleasant  effects 
(slurred  speech,  loss  of  balance)  and  can  compensate  for  it. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.   Hold  a  discussion  on  the  following  comment,  "What  a  Man  1 
Still  on  his  feet  after  a  whole  fifth." 


SOURCE:   Mills,  Kenneth  C. ,  and  others,  Handbook  for  Alcohol 
Education:   The  Community  Approach, (Ballinger  Publishing  Co. : 
Cambridge,  Mass.,  1983),  pp.  220-222." 

-144- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  the  disease  concept  of  alcoholism. 


ALCOHOLISM 

It  is  not  uncommon  for  teenagers  to  become  alcoholics.   The 
following  activities  will  encourage  students  to  evaluate  their 
own  drinking  behavior. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Have  each  student  complete  "Alcohol  Use-Self-Assessment 
Quiz".   After  taking  the  quiz  discuss  the  concept  of 
alcoholism  as  a  disease.   Point  out  that  most  alcoholics 
do  not  live  on  skid  row  but  are  everyday  citizens  in 
all  walks  of  life. 

2.  Have  the  students  research  the  topic  of  "treatment 
centers".   Who  are  they  for?   Where  can  people  go  to 
get  help  with  an  alcohol  problem  in  Gallatin  County? 

3.  Take  the  students  on  a  tour  of  various  locations  within 
Gallatin  County  that  deal  with  alcoholism.   For  example: 

a.  Alcohol  Counseling  &  Education  Center 
801-H  Medical  Arts  Center 

300  N.  Willson 
Bozeman,  MT 

b.  Gallatin  Council  on  Health  &  Drugs 
15  S.  Tracy 

Bozeman,  MT 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "Alcohol  Use  -  Self-assessment  Quiz",  Montana 
Alcohol  &  Drug  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for 
Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12,  (Helena,  MT.,  High  School, 
1979) ,  p.  18. 

-145- 


ALCOHOL  USE  -  SELF-ASSESSMENT  OUIZ 


1.  I  can  drink  more  than  most  of  my  friends. 

2.  I  have  been  "drunk"  at  least  once  a  month  in  the 
past  year. 

3.  I  can  drink  4  or  5  drinks  without  really  feeling  it.  T 

4.  I  have  blackouts  (loss  of  memory  about  drinking 
experiences. ) 

5.  I  often  drink  to  forget  my  problems, 

6.  When  I  get  drunk  I  tend  to  become  a  "different 

person" . 

7.  I  have  been  arrested  for  an  alcohol-related  charge. 

8.  I  often  drink  alone. 

9.  I  have  missed  some  work  because  of  my  drinking. 

10.   I  don't  like  this  quiz  because  it  hits  too 
close  to  home. 


True 

False 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

T 

F 

NOTE: 


•axqexxEAB    sx    q.T    -    dxaq   joj    >[se    'os    ii       ;  xoqoox^    qqxw  uiaxqoxd 

e   OABq   qqbxui   noA    qou   io   xaqqaqw   ixas:rno'^    ^se    A"xqsauoq   pue    quauioui 

8    xoj    doqs    'suiaqx    uaq    aqq    jo   Aue     (j,)    anxq    sp   paxoxxo    aAeq   noA   ji 

'J3A3MOH       'suoxqsanb   asaqq    oq    sibmsup    6uoxm   jo   qqbxx    ou   aiE    ajraqi, 


-146- 


Key  Concept:   Assessment  of  student  knowledge  of  alcohol  and 
traffic  safety. 


ALCOHOL  AND  TRAFFIC  SAFETY 


The  following  "Alcohol  and  Traffic  Safety  Ouiz"  can  be 
used  as  a  pre  or  post  test  to  determine  the  students  knowledge 
of  drinking  and  driving. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State 
of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education  -  Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  1979),  pp.  10-11,  13. 


-147- 


ALCOHOL  AND  TRAFFIC  SAFETY  QUIZ 


1.  In  the  state  of  Montana  the  blood  alcohol  level  at  which  a 
driver  is  considered  under  the  influence  is:  (a)  0.05  per  cent 
(b)  0.08  per  cent   (c)  0.10  per  cent   (d)  0.15  per  cent 

2.  Blood  alcohol  level  can  be  determined  by  analyzing  the 

(a)  blood   (b)  saliva   (c)  breath   (d)  urine   (e)  blood  pressure 

3.  In  the  state  of  Montana  the  chemical  test  for  blood  alcohol  most 
frequently  used  is:   (a)  blood   (b)  saliva   (c)  breath 

(d)  urine   (e)  blood  pressure 

4.  Which  of  the  following  least  affects  blood  alcohol  level: 

(a)  stomach  content   (b)  weight   (c)  drinking  experience 
(d)  time  elapsed 

5.  Studies  suggest  that  driving  performance  may  be  impaired  when 
blood  alcohol  concentrations  are  as  low  as:   (a)  0.02  per  cent 

(b)  0.04  per  cent  (c)  0.07  per  cent   (d)  0.10  per  cent 

6.  Which  of  the  following  statements  best  describes  an  effect  of 
alcohol  on  driver  performance:   (a)  blurred  vision  (b)  reduced 
hearing  ability  (c)  increased  attention  span  (d)  reduced 
ability  to  react  quickly 

7.  Approximately  what  percentage  of  fatal  traffic  accidents 
involve  the  use  of  alcohol:   (a)  10  per  cent   (b)  25  per  cent 

(c)  50  per  cent   (d)  75  per  cent 

8.  Every  day  in  the  United  States  approximately  how  many  people  are 
killed  in  car  accidents  where  alcohol  was  involved:  (a)  25 

(b)  50   (c)  75   (d)  200   (e)   250 

9.  The  drinking  driver  may  show  which  of  the  following:  (a)  over- 
confidence   (b)  risk  taking  desires  (c)  decreased  judgment 

(d)  slower  reaction  time   (e)  all  of  the  above 


-148- 


10.  When  a  non-drinking  driver  is  compared  with  a  drinking  driver 
who  has  a  .15  per  cent  blood  alcohol  level,  how  much  more 
likely  is  it  that  the  drinking  driver  will  become  involved 

in  a  traffic  accident:   (a)  no  difference  (b)  10  times 
greater  (c)  25  times  greater  (d)  no  one  knows 

11.  On  the  basis  of  present-day  knowledge,  the  greatest  single 
driver-related  cause  of  fatal  highway  collision  is: 

(a)  emotional  upsets  (b)  inattention  (c)  fatigue  (d)  alcohol 

12.  Of  all  alcohol-related  fatal  car  accidents:   (a)  2/3  involve 
problem  drinkers  (b)  most  involve  social  drinkers  who  had 
one  too  many  (c)  1/3  involve  people  who  had  only  a  little 

to  drink   (d)  no  one  knows  what  kind  of  drinkers  are  involved 

13.  Which  of  the  following  is  most  affected  by  heavy  drinking: 

(a)  brake  reaction  time  (b)  color  perception  (c)  the 
reasoning  process  (d)  distance  judgment 

14.  If  a  driver  in  the  state  of  Montana  is  arrested  and  refuses 
to  take  a  chemical  test,  this  refusal  will  result  in: 

(a)  fine  of  $500   (b)  courtroom  trial  (c)  immediate  suspension 
of  one's  driver's  license   (d)  all  of  the  above 

15.  The  majority  of  the  general  public's  response  to  current 
anti-drinking/driving  efforts  is:   (a)  they  demand  an 
effective  program  (b)  they  exhibit  an  attitude  of  tolerance 
toward  drinking  drivers  (c)  they  want  harsh  penalties  for 
guilty  offenders  (d)  all  of  the  above 

16.  Teenagers  are  more  likely  to  have  difficulty  driving  safely 
after  drinking  because  of  all  the  following  except: 

(a)  driving  is  a  new  and  complicated  skill  for  them 

(b)  they  have  had  less  experience  with  alcohol's  effects 

(c)  they  often  weigh  less  than  adults   (d)  they  spend 
more  time  driving  than  adults  do 

17.  Alcohol  use  is  associated  with  a  significant  number  of 
which  of  the  following:   (a) pedestrian  accidents 

(b)  private  airplane  accidents  (c)  household  accidents 

(d)  all  of  the  above 

TRUE-FALSE  QUESTIONS  TRUE    FALSE 

18.  The  action  of  alcohol  on  the  nervous  system  resembles   

that  of  ether  or  other  anesthetics. 

19.  By  eating  some  solid  food  along  with  your  drinking      

you  will  not  become  an  intoxicated  driver. 

20.  Judgment,  vision,  and  reaction  time  in  driver  


performance  are  impaired  by  even  small  amounts  of  alcohol, 
(continued) 

-149- 


TRUE    FALSE 


21.  Alcohol  affects  the  latest  learned  and  the  most 
complicated  skills  first. 

22.  Alcohol  is  a  stimulant. 

23.  Being  convicted  of  DWI  will  cause  an  increase 
in  your  car  insurance  rates. 


-150- 


ALCOHOL  AND  TRAFFIC  SAFETY  QUIZ 
ANSWER  KEY 


1 

2, 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 


(c) 

(c) 

(c) 

(c) 

(a) 

(d) 

(c) 

(c) 

(e) 

(c) 

(d) 

(a) 

(c) 

(c) 

(b) 

(d) 

(d) 

True 

False 

True 

True 

False 

True 


.10 

all  of  the  above 

breath 

drinking  experience 

.02  percent 

reduced  ability  to  react  quickly 

50  per  cent 

75 

all  of  the  above 
25  times  greater 
alcohol 

2/3  involve  problem  drinkers 
the  reasoning  process 

immediate  suspension  of  one's  driver's  license 
they  exhibit  an  attitude  of  tolerance  toward  drinking  drivers 
they  spend  more  time  driving  than  adults  do 
all  of  the  above 


-151- 


Key  Concept:   Problems  in  identifying  whether  someone  is  too 
drunk  to  drive. 


ASSESSING  DRIVING  IMPAIRMENT 

Have  the  students  discuss  whether  and  how  they  can  tell  if 
someone  has  drunk  too  much  alcohol  to  drive  safely  by  writing 
the  end  to  the  following  story. 

The  party  had  been  going  for  over  four  hours.   Everyone  had 
been  talking,  joking,  and  enjoying  themselves.   A  lot  of  people 
had  been  drinking  the  rum  punch,  but  there  was  also  beer  and 
hard  liquor.   Richard  and  his  wife,  Susan,  and  Darrel  and  his 
wife,  Paula,  had  come  together  to  the  party  in  Richard's  car 
and  spent  much  of  the  evening  talking  with  each  other. 

Richard  was  having  an  especially  good  time.   He  was  drinking 
beer  all  night,  almost  one  right  after  the  other.   In  fact,  Susan 
was  getting  a  little  nervous  because  after  the  last  party  they 
went  to,  Richard  had  had  a  little  too  much  to  drink.   When  he 
drove  home,  he  wandered  over  the  center  line,  went  through  a 
red  light,  and  kept  jamming  on  his  brakes  very  suddenly.   So 
Susan  had  decided  to  check  on  Richard  during  this  party  to  see 
if  he  was  in  condition  to  drive.   But  it's  difficult  at  a  party 
to  have  a  good  time  and  also  keep  track  of  how  much  your 
husband  has  been  drinking  and  if  he  has  drunk  too  much  to 
drive  safely.   Yet  Susan  had  spotted  several  clear  signs  that 
Richard  was  not  sober  enough  to  drive,  and  she  had  talked  to 
Paula  in  the  ladies'  room  about  Richard.   Paula  agreed  to 
stick  up  for  her  if  she  needed  help  persuading  Richard  not 
to  drive  because  Paula,  too,  had  noticed  some  signs  that  Richard 
shouldn't  be  driving. 

About  an  hour  later,  Darrell  suggested  they  all  go  home. 
But  as  Richard  pulled  out  the  keys  to  his  car  .  .  . 

After  the  students  have  written  their  story  endings,  divide 
the  group  into  small  groups.   Instruct  each  small  group  to  read 
its  members'  story  completions  and  then  agree  on  ways  people 
can  tell  if  someone  has  had  too  much  to  drink  to  drive  safely. 


-152- 


When  the  groups  have  completed  their  work,  have  a  reporter 
from  each  group  explain  its  conclusions  to  the  other  students 
and  list  its  signs  of  impairment  on  a  blackboard  -  for  example: 


sleepiness  (yawning,  drooping 

eyelids) 

slurred  speech 

unstable  walk 

unusual  clumsiness 

excessive  talking  or  silence 

silly  behavior 

unusual  energy 

more  sexual  aggressiveness 


-  boasting 

-  lack  of  concentration  on 
the  topic  of  conversation 

-  violence,  more  aggressive- 
ness than  normal 

-  any  behavior  a  person  does 
not  usually  engage  in 

-  has  been  observed  drinking 
the  equivalent  of  two  or 
more  ounces  of  alcohol  (not 
drinks)  within  a  period  of 
an  hour 


Conclude  the  activity  by  pointing  out  three  major  problems 
involved  in  identifying  people  who  are  too  impaired  to  drive: 

*  Many  drinkers  who  are  impaired  seem  relatively  sober  to 
others  in  terms  of  how  they  talk,  walk,  and  even  drive. 

*  The  more  alcohol  people  drink,   the  less  capable  they  are 
of  judging  whether  they  themselves  are  too  drunk  to  drive, 

*  A  driver's  underlying  (and  often  hidden)  attitudes  toward 
driving  can  become  unexpectedly  more  pronounced  after 
drinking  too  much.   Some  drivers  become  more  reckless, 
others  more  cautious. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION: 
and  Jackson  Junior  High, 
1977) ,  pp.  19-20. 


Finn,  Peter,  and  others,  Dial  A-L-C-O-H-O-L 
Abt.  Associates  Inc.: 


Cambridge,  Mass. 


-153- 


Key  Concepts:   Discrimination  between  facts  and  fallacies  about 
alcohol . 


FACTS  AND  FALLACIES 

Give  each  student  a  copy  of  the  "Facts  and  Fallacies"  story, 
Within  the  story  are  misconceptions  and/or  false  statements. 
Each  sentence  begins  with  a  number.   Have  the  students  circle 
the  statements  which  are  not  true.   Discuss  why  the  statements 
are  false. 

OPTION:   Give  this  as  a  pre-test  prior  to  discussion  or  an 

evaluation  test  following  discussion  on  myths  about 
alcohol . 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Engs,  Ruth  C.  &  others,  "Teaching  Strategies", 
Health  Education,   Nov/Dec  1975,  Vol.  6,  #6,  p.  33. 


-154- 


"FACTS  AND  FALLACIES"  Story 

Woody,  age  20,  resides  with  his  parents  in  Mt.  Pleasant  where 

2 
he  is  a  sophomore  at  the  university.    The  females  on  campus  find 

him  very  attractive;  6  feet  tall,  17  5  pounds,  blond  curly  hair, 

and  bright  blue  eyes. 

Final  exam  week  has  brought  about  the  unusual  stress  and 

4 
anxiety  many  college  students  experience.    In  an  effort  to 

5 
alleviate  the  stress,  Woody  attended  a  weekend  party.    It  was  the 

usual  kind  of  party  he  attended  with  a  lot  of  women,  booze,  and 

loud  music.      Many  of  the  females  at  the  party  were  in  constant 

pursuit  of  him  because  his  ability  to  drink  more  than  anyone  else 

was  viewed  as  a  sign  of  virility.    This  is  partly  due  to  the  fact 

Q 

that  the  alcohol  he  consumed  affected  his  muscles  first.    In 

Woody1 s  case,  the  alcohol  also  acted  as  an  aphrodisiac,  as  alcohol 

9  . 

consumption  usually  does.    With  these  two  factors  contributing 

to  his  virility,  one  can  plainly  see  why  he  was  pursued. 

Woody  is  a  fairly  bright  guy  and  has  established  guidelines 

for  his  drinking  behavior.     First,  he  always  drinks  vodka  to 

12 
prevent  rapid  absorption.     Second,  he  seldom  eats  any  food  before 

he  drinks  because  it  fills  his  stomach  and  he  cannot  hold  as  many 

13 
drinks.     After  all,  if  it's  free  booze  he  wants  to  get  all  he 

14 
can.     Third,  he  drinks  slowly  instead  of  gulping  his  drinks  to 

prevent  getting  intoxicated. 

Since  he  is  physically  a  big  guy,  he  really  can  drink  as 

much  as  he  wants  because  he  has  more  body  tissue  and  fluids  to 

dilute  the  alcohol. 

1  ft 

As  the  evening  progressed  (3  hours),  Woody  consumed  six 

mixed  drinks  (1  1/2  oz.  alcohol  per  drink)  and  the  only  observable 
sign  he  showed  was  a  slight  intensification  of  his  talkative 

personality. 

17 

As  the  party  continued,  he  talked  with  friends,  danced 

and  asked  Joey,  an  attractive  girl  clad  in  jeans,  if  he  could 

1 8 
drive  her  home.    '  Of  course,  Joey  said  yes,  and  they  left  the  party. 


-155- 


Should  Joey  have  more  carefully  considered  the  possible 

20 
consequences  of  leaving  with  Woody?    After  all,  he  was  only 

drinking  moderately  and  there  are  no  risks  if  he  drinks  moderately. 

21 

He  wasn't  acting  "funny";  the  alcohol  he  drank  stimulated  him  -- 

22 

that's  the  primary  effect  it  has  on  a  person.   '  And  because  both 

his  parents  are  alcoholics  he  probably  has  inherited  alcoholism 

th< 
24, 


23 
from  them.     Oh  well,  why  should  she  worry? 


The  simple  truth  of  this  story  is  that  Joey  is  the 

25 

_ic  and  not  Woody. 

women  alcoholics   than  men 


25 

alcoholic  and  not  Woody.   Everyone  knows  that  there  are  more 


QUESTION:   Which  statements  are  false? 

ANSWER:   (6,  7,  8,  11,  12,  15,  16,  20,  21,  22,  25) 


-156- 


Key  Concept 


Awareness  of  the  dangerous  effects  of  alcohol  on 
the  fetus  of  a  pregnant  woman. 


ALCOHOL  AND  PREGNANCY 

Not  enough  people  are  aware  of  the  dangerous  effects  of 
alcohol  on  the  fetus  of  a  pregnant  woman;  hence,  many  babies 
are  still  born  with  "fetal  alcohol  syndrome".   It  is  essential 
that  both  guys  and  girls  become  aware  of  this  danger. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Have  each  student  read  the  articles  call  "Fetal  Alcohol 
Syndrome",  and  "How  Alcohol  Affects  the  Developing  Fetus" 
Answer  the  following  questions: 

a.  What  are  some  serious  physical  problems  of  babies 
who  are  born  with  "fetal  alcohol  syndrome?" 

b.  What  are  some  signs  of  alcohol  withdrawal  of  babies 
who  are  born  with  "fetal  alcohol  syndrome?" 

c.  What  are  some  long  term  effects  of  "fetal  alcohol 
syndrome?" 

2.  Show  the  film  Born  Drunk  which  is  available  from  the 
Dept.  of  Health  &  Environmental  Sciences  in  Helena. 
Hold  a  classroom  discussion  on  the  topic  of  "fetal 
alcohol  syndrome"  after  reading  the  article  and  seeing 
the  film. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Enloe,  Cortez,  F. ,  "How  Alcohol  Affects 
the  Developing  Fetus",  and  Iber,  Frank,  L. ,  "Fetal  Alcohol 
Syndrome",  Nutrition  Today,  Sept/Oct.,  1980,  pp.  4-15. 


-157- 


Drug/ 


Would  you  offer  a  newborn  baby  a  drink  of 
alcohol?  Of  course  not!  But  thousands  of  mothers 
are  doing  just  that,  even  before  their  babies  are 
born.  The  result  is  devastating,  and  it  is  called 
fetal  alcohol  syndrome  (FAS).  Babies  who  have 
the  syndrome  are  born  with  serious  problems, 
including  mental  retardation,  small  heads,  and 
narrow  eyes.  Many  have  joint  deformities  and 
heart  problems  as  well.  Dr.  David  Smith  of  the 
University  of  Washington  states  that  one  in  every 
350-500  infants  is  born  with  some  type  of  defect 
caused  by  the  mother's  drinking  during  preg- 
nancy. As  a  result,  the  U.S.  government  is  now 
considering  requiring  alcohol  manufacturers  to 
include  a  warning  to  pregnant  women  on  the 
label. 

Perhaps  you,  like  many  others,  are  assuming 
that  these  tragic  births  only  happen  to  women 
who  are  alcoholics.  Mothers  who  drink  socially 
don't  endanger  their  babies— or  do  they?  Re- 
searchers at  the  University  of  Washington  were 
the  first  to  identify  FAS  in  1973.  They  also 
believed,  initially,  that  only  heavy  drinking  could 
harm  an  unborn  child.  But  their  own  studies 
proved  them  wrong. 


More  than  1,500  well-educated,  middle-class 
mothers  were  included  in  the  Washington  study. 
These  women  were  not  alcoholics,  but  "social 
drinkers."  The  results  of  the  study  showed  that 
even  moderate  drinking  (two  beers,  glasses  of 
wine  or  mixed  drinks)  could  have  serious  effects 
on  unborn  children. 

Dr.  David  Smith  reports:  "Now  we  are  beginning 
to  see  mild  problems  in  infants  whose  mothers 
had  only  two  drinks  per  day  during  pregnancy." 
The  type  of  alcohol  consumed  did  not  matter. 
Beer,  wine,  and  liquor  all  were  capable  of  causing 
the  defects.  He  found  also  that  women  who  drank 
in  spurts  (once  a  week,  having  five  or  more  drinks) 
also  risked  harming  their  fetuses. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  alcohol  has  been  a 
suspect  in  birth  defects  since  the  times  of  ancient 
Carthage  when  the  bridal  couple  were  forbidden 
to  drink  wine  on  their  wedding  night  in  order  that 
defective  children  might  not  be  conceived.  And  in 
1834,  a  Committee  of  the  House  of  Commons 
noted  that  infants  of  alcoholic  mothers 
sometimes  had  a  "starved,  shriveled,  and 
imperfect  look." 

Just  how  alcohol  damages  unborn  children  still 
is  not  understood.  Some  believe  the  human  fetus, 
especially  during  the  first  three  months,  is  not 
able  to  metabolize  alcohol  as  an  adult  would. 
Therefore,  two  drinks  taken  by  a  mother  would 
raise  the  child's  blood  alcohol  level  to  10  times 
that  of  the  mother.  Dr.  Sterling  Clarren  of  the 
University  of  Washington  noted  that  the  brains  of 
unborn  babies  of  drinking- mothers  revealed  that 
cells  that  should  have  grown  into  special  areas  of 
the  brain  just  formed  a  sheet  over  the  surface. 


Photo:  Courtesy  of  Kenneth  L.  Jones,  M.D. 
University  ol  California  at  San  Diego 


Fetal  Alcohol 
Syndrome 


To  add  to  the  problem,  children  born  to  mothers 
who  are  alcoholics  also  are  born  addicted  to 
alcohol.  During  the  first  24  hours  after  birth,  they 
begin  to  go  through  alcohol  withdrawal.  They  are 
irritable,  may  have  convulsions,  and  often  have  a 
serious  heart  irregularity.  Some  die  of  apnea 
(stopped  breathing),  while  others  suffer  from 
swelling  and  tremors.  Some  babies  even  smelled 
of  alcohol  at  birth,  and  the  fluid  surrounding  the 
baby  also  contained  alcohol.  Symptoms  of  with- 
drawal lasted  anywhere  from  one  week  to  six 
months.  Over  half  of  these  babies  will  be  mentally 
deficient,  many  for  the  rest  of  their  lives.  Since 
many  of  the  alcoholic  mothers  also  were  suffering 
from  malnutrition,  their  babies  frequently  were 
premature,  underweight,  and  they  had  a  much 
higher  than  average  rate  of  spontaneous  abortion 
(miscarriage). 

On  the  basis  of  these  and  other  studies,  Dr. 
Smith  has  declared:  "Alcohol  is  the  most 
common  teratogen  (agent  causing  birth  defects). 
We  would  advise  any  woman  considering  preg- 
nancy or  who  is  already  pregnant  to  avoid  alcohol 
altogether.  It  just  kills  me  when  I  see  another 
affected  child  and  I  know  that  if  the  mother  had 
only  known  and  stopped  (drinking),  it  would  not 
have  happened." 

The  future  of  FAS  children  is  not  much  brighter 
than  their  birth.  After  one  year,  FAS  children 
lagged  in  height  by  65%  of  normal  and  in  weight 
by  38%  of  normal.  Although  some  heart  defects 
were  correctable,  many  were  not.  Most  congenital 
handicaps  will  affect  the  child  of  an  alcoholic 
mother  for  the  rest  of  his/her  life. 

How  much  alcohol  is  too  much  during 
pregnancy?  Dr.  James  Hanson,  at  the  University 
of  Iowa,  estimates  that  if  a  woman  consumes  less 
than  two  ounces  of  100-proof  alcohol  each  day, 
her  chances  of  triggering  birth  defects  are  low, 
but  not  zero.  If  she  drinks  10  ounces  or  more  daily, 
the  danger  could  approach  50%  or  higher.  He  also 
suggests,  "If  you  plan  to  get  pregnant  or  are 
pregnant,  don't  drink,  and  if  you  drink,  don't  get 
pregnant."  Future  mothers  and  fathers  would  be 
wise  to  decide  to  celebrate  pregnancy  by  toasting 
with  a  glass  of  milk.  It  would  be  safer  for  everyone 
concerned. 


h""** 


h X 

*     V 


V 


'#"»!„  3 


*       s 


=IW„»,      \ 


t"%„\       \  ■•■•■■■ 


'*'    \\  ,-■"  .■•'.'.  ,1s 


blllll|f1llllliini|*ilim1ll«lniTOK|faYii 


P'i.  ;■ 


ALCOHOL  AND  PREGNANCY 


THIS  IS  A 

TEACHING  AID 

ARTICLE 


a 


Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome 


An  astute,  perceptive  authority  has  recently  discovered  a 

large  gap  in  medical  and  nutrition  knowledge.  He  may  also  have  found 

a  way  to  prevent  the  greatest  single  cause  of  birth  defects. 


by  FRANK  L.  IBER,  M.D. 


Considering  how  long  men  and  wo- 
men have  been  drinking  alcoholic 
beverages,  it  is  surprising  that  it  is  only 
seven  years  now  since  the  medical  profes- 
sion first  realized  — no,  awakened  would 
be  a  better  word  — to  the  fact  that  when 
the  pregnant  woman  drinks  she  may  be 
causing  her  baby  to  suffer  irreversible 
birth  defects. 

Medical  researchers  have  not  yet  had 
time  to  learn  all  of  the  answers  to  ques- 
tions raised  by  the  discovery  that  a  direct 
association  between  alcohol  and  birth 
defects  exists.  However,  such  a  gap  offers 
no  solace,  nor  does  it  offer  a  reason  to 
discount  the  existence  of  this  connection. 
It  can  now  be  stated  with  the  utmost 
conviction  that  while  all  of  the  defects 


Dr.  Iber  is  a  professor  of  medicine  and 
chief  of  gastroenterology  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  Hospital  School  of  Med- 
icine. He  is  also  the  chief  of  the  alcohol- 
ism service  at  the  Loch  Raven  Veterans 
Administration  Medical  Center. 

Dr.  Iber  wrote  for  Nutrition  Today 
'readers  in  our  January /February,  1971 
issue:  "In  Alcoholism,  the  Liver  Sets  the 
Pace."  The  1971  article,  as  well  as  the 
article  appearing  here,  are  also  available 
as  teaching  aids. 


caused  by  drinking  have  not  yet  been 
identified,  we  do  know 

•  that  the  ingestion  of  alcoholic  bever- 
ages (ethanol,  ethyl  alcohol)  interferes 
with  normal  pregnancy, 

•  that  the  effects  on  the  fetus  are 
permanent, 

•  that  whether  they  occur  or  not  is  a 
matter  of  the  basic  metabolism  of  both 
the  pregnant  woman  and  the  fetus, 

•  and,  worst  of  all,  that  the  deleterious 
effects  of  alcohol  in  pregnancy  may  be 
more  prevalent  in  the  western  society 
than  we  now  recognize. 

Drinking  under  any  circumstances 
interferes  with  many  complex  systems  of 
the  human  body  in  both  men  and  wo- 
men, so  it  should  not  be  surprising  to  us 
today  to  learn  that  drinking  during  preg- 
nancy harms  the  unborn  child.  For  some 
reason  this  possibility  was  ignored  by  the 
medical  profession.  We  certainly  had 
plenty  of  warning.  Way  back  in  biblical 
times  Judaic  observations  as  set  down  in 
the  Holy  Bible  spoke  of  the  then  preva- 
lent belief  that  alcohol  would  cause  birth 
defects.  In  the  book  of  Judges,  13:7,  for 
example,  it  says  "behold,  thou  shalt  con- 
ceive and  bear  a  son,  and  now  drink  no 
wine  or  strong  drink."  This,  it  turned 
out,  is  better  medical  advice  than  physi- 
cians have  been  giving  since. 

Then  in  the  middle  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, Charles  Dickens,  the  British  novel- 
ist, observed  that  children  born  of 
mothers  who  were  chronically  drunk 
were  frequently  mentally  defective.  This 
good  advice,  like  so  many  of  Dickens'  so- 
cial observations,  was  ignored  by  the 
medical  profession. 

This  sad  state  of  affairs  persisted  until 
1973  when  a  remarkably  perceptive  Se- 
attle physician  noticed  that  babies  born 
of  alcoholic  women  were  frequently  and 
uniformly  malformed  and  often  grew  to 


become  children  who  were  mentally 
retarded. 

The  physician  is  David  W.  Smith, 
M.D.,  of  the  Department  of  Pediatrics  of 
the  University  of  Washington  in  Seattle. 
It  was  Dr.  Smith  who  first  noticed  the 
phenomena.  He  was  the  first  to  describe 
it  accurately,  and  it  was  he  who  named 
this  scourge  of  babies  today  the  fetal  al- 
cohol syndrome  or  FAS  for  short. 

We  don't  yet  know  to  what  extent  the 
defects  are  dependent  on  the  amount  of 
alcohol  consumed,  but  it  does  appear 
that  the  pregnant  woman  does  not  have 
to  be  a  full-blown  alcoholic  in  order  to 
give  birth  to  a  baby  that  grows  up  re- 
tarded or  a  child  that  exhibits  one  or 
more  of  the  characteristic  FAS  deformi- 
ties when  it  is  born.  It  does  seem  reason- 
able to  believe  that  drinking  any  amount 
of  alcohol  in  excess  of  the  level  to  detox- 
ify it  will  put  the  fetus  at  risk. 

In  the  alcoholic  mother-to-be  alcohol 
evokes  its  harm  in  part  because  she  has  a 
tolerance  to  many  of  the  behavioral  ef- 
fects that  prompt  less  experienced  drink- 
ers to  curtail  their  intake  before  they 
suffer  the  flagrant  symptoms  of  drunken- 
ness. Alcoholics,  on  the  other  hand,  usu- 
ally get  their  intake  up  to  more  than  100 
grams  of  ethanol  a  day.  This  is  equiva- 
lent to  at  least  eight  beers,  a  little  less 
than  a  pint  of  whiskey,  or  more  than  a 
bottle  of  wine.  This  amounts  to  about 
half  of  the  caloric  intake  in  such  drink- 
ers. Thus  the  likelihood  of  malnutrition 
(which  also  affects  the  fetus)  is  en- 
hanced. Furthermore,  the  addiction 
causes  many  things  to  occur  that  influ- 
ence her  sexuality,  fertility  and,  as  we 
now  know,  thanks  to  Dr.  Smith  and  his 
perceptive  colleagues,  her  pregnancy.  As 
for  sexual  behavior,  light  drinking  in- 
creases sexual  desire  but  heavy  drinking 
impairs  it.  It  impairs  judgment,  a  fact 


-160- 


Characteristic  Anatomical  Defects 
that  are  Signs  of  the  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome 


Low  nasal  bridge 

Short  palpebral  fissures, 
obscure  the  canthus,  or 
inner  corner  of  the  eye, 

a  normal  feature  in 

certain  species  of  the 

Mongolian  race 

Indistinct  philtrum, 
an  underdeveloped 
groove  in  the  center 

of  the  upper  lip 
between  the  nose 

and  the  lip  edge 


Small  head 
circumference 


Epicanthic 
folds 


Short  nose 
Small  midface 


Thin  reddish 
upper  lip 


PHO'O  COUOTESY  HiJU 


Epicanthus  is  a  characteristic  of  the  eye 
where  a  vertical  fold  of  skin  extends  from 
the  root  ol  the  nose  to  the  inner  termina- 
tion ot  the  eyebrow,  sometimes  covering 
the  inner  canthus.  Its  presence  is  normal 
in  certain  ot  the  Mongolian  races  but  a  tell- 
ing deformity  in  FAS. 


-161- 


David  W.  Smith,  M.O.  is  a  pediatrician  from  Seat- 
tle to  whom  the  world  is  indebted  for  having 
been  the  first  to  identify  and  catalog  the  signs 
and  symptoms  of  the  fetal  alcohol  syndrome. 
He  shares  the  credit  with  many  associates. 


that  could  certainly  cause  her  to  neglect 
to  take  contraceptive  pills,  and  make  the 
alcoholic  all  the  more  likely  to  become 
pregnant.  Add  to  this  the  fact  that  the 
addiction  is  expensive.  For  some  women 
who  do  not  have  the  money,  it  makes  it 
easier  for  them  to  sell  their  sexual  favors 
to  support  their  addiction.  Menstruation, 
ovulation,  fertility,  and  even  the  ability 
to  carry  a  pregnancy  are  heavily  bur- 
dened by  excessive  drinking.  Despite  all 
of  these  impediments,  however,  alco- 
holic women  all  too  frequently  do  be- 
come pregnant.  Whether  more  addicts 
have  more  unwanted  pregnancies  than 
do  normal  women  I  do  not  know,  but 
the  circumstances  are  certainly  stacked 
for  that  to  be  so.  Given  the  widespread 
use  of  alcohol  by  women  of  child-bearing 
age  and  the  connection  between  the 
habit  and  FAS,  the  outlook  is  not  bright. 
Consider  this.  In  North  America, 
nine  out  of  ten  women  of  child-bearing 
age  are  said  to  drink  occasionally.  The 
most  reliable  statistics  also  indicate  that 
seven  out  of  every  ten  of  these  women 
drink  regularly,  which  is  to  say  that  they 
have  a  cocktail  every  evening,  for  exam- 
ple. Most  surprising  of  all  is  that  one  out 
of  twenty  women  in  this  same  critical 
age  group  is  a  confirmed  alcoholic.  So 
we  can  see  that  social  behavior  and  cus- 
tom add  to  the  likelihood  of  FAS. 

LABORATORY  RESEARCH 

In  the  search  to  explain  the  phenome- 
non Dr.  David  Smith  observed  in  human 
infants,  animal  studies  have  since  been 
done.  This  laboratory  research  shows 
clearly  that  it  is  the  alcohol  and  not  the 


An  editorial  about  Dr.  Smith  and  his  dis- 
covery will  be  found  on  page  16. 


The  pathologic  physiology  of  alcohol  and 
the  fetus  are  discussed  by  C.  F.  Enloejr., 
in  a  separate  article  appearing  on  page  12 
of  this  issue. 

activities  of  the  mother  that  cause  birth 
defects.  Alcohol  interferes  with  organ 
development,  even  when  the  nutritional 
status  of  the  animal  is  maintained  in  a 
fully  adequate  manner. 

Two  types  of  experiments  have  been 
conducted. 

Since  animals  will  not  voluntarily 
consume  half  of  their  total  calories  as 
ethyl  alcohol,  it  has  been  necessary  to 
mix  the  alcohol  in  a  liquid  diet  so  that 
the  animal  is  left  no  choice  but  to  con- 
sume the  alcohol  in  the  food  or  starve. 
Most  species  of  experimental  animals  co- 
operate. When  such  diets  are  fed  to 
female  rats,  mice,  hamsters,  and  chim- 
panzees that  have  mated,  they  produce 
offspring  whose  brain  is  underdeveloped 
and  whose  heart,  limbs,  and  kidneys  are 
frequendy  malformed.  When  the  dose  is 
changed  the  number  of  malformations 
varies  likewise.  One  may  assume  that 
such  teratogenic  defects  are  related  to 
the  intensity  of  the  exposure  to  alcohol. 
These  effects  appear  to  be  most  marked 
if  alcohol  is  added  to  the  animal's  diet 
during  the  period  of  pregnancy  when  or- 
gans are  being  formed.  On  the  other 
hand,  curiously  enough  in  an  additional 
experiment  such  effects  have  been  seen 
with  regularity  when  alcohol  is  adminis- 
tered and  the  blood-alcohol  level  of  the 
animal  is  elevated  immediately  prior  to 
conception. 

Male  chauvinists  will  be  relieved  to 
learn  that  no  deleterious  effects  have 
been  observed  in  offspring  conceived 
when  the  male's  alcoholic  blood  level  is 
elevated,  a  not  entirely  infrequent  occur- 


rence. Thus  it  can  be  said  that  it  is  the 
amount  of  alcohol  circulating  in  the  wo- 
man's blood  that's  crucial. 

The  most  exciting  recent  data  reveals 
new  (and  disturbing)  information  about 
the  learning  ability  of  rats  and  mice  born 
of  mothers  who  have  been  on  diets  con- 
taining only  relatively  low  levels  of  alco- 
hol. Anatomically,  such  infant  animals 
appear  in  every  way  to  be  normal.  How- 
ever, when  tested  at  various  stages  in 
later  life,  it  becomes  obvious  that  their 
learning  ability  is  impaired.  Mice  ex- 
periments just  mentioned  offer  per- 
suasive evidence  that  the  degree  of  im- 
pairment appears  to  correlate  with  the 
amount  of  alcohol  that  the  mother  in- 
gests. It  ranges  from  slight  to  marked  im- 
pairment in  the  ability  to  leam  as  dem- 
onstrated in  such  standard  tests  as  shock 
avoidance,  maze  running,  and  complex 
tasks  of  adaption  experiments  that  are 
well  characterized  in  rats.  This  evidence 
should  be  a  solemn  warning  to  the  seven 
out  of  ten  women  who  are  not  alcoholics 
but  who  have  a  drink  or  two  each  day. 

Animal  experiments  using  miniature 
swine  who  ingest  alcohol  readily  with 
food,  and  who  are  also  fecund,  have  also 
produced  interesting  results.  From  such 
models  important  pieces  of  information 
have  been  gleaned.  For  example, 
alcohol-drinking  sows  reproduce  more 
frequently.  And,  as  is  now  to  be  ex- 
pected, their  offspring  are  more  severely 
affected  with  FAS.  In  one  experiment 
with  miniature  pigs,  one  out  of  four  ani- 
mals in  the  first  litter  was  severely  de- 
formed. In  the  second  litter  three  out  of 
five  pigs  showed  FAS.  In  this  model,  at 
least,  there  is  a  clear  dose  response,  a 
curve  that  demonstrates  a  direct  rela- 
tionship between  the  amount  of  alcohol 
ingested  and  the  severity  of  the  damage 
to  the  offspring.  Figure  1  summarizes 
these  ideas. 


Figure  1.  What  animal  experiments  reveal  are  likely  effects  of  alcohol  on  the  fetus. 

" 1 6  2  -  NUTRITION  TODAY  September /October,  1980    7 


The  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome  Is  not  always  looked  lor  nor 
is  every  physician  and  nurse  tamilitr  with  its  telltale 
manifestations.  Hence,  these  figures  are  only  estimates. 
The  actual  figures  may  be  higher  than  we  think. 


1.1 


0.4 


2.6 


RURAL  TOWN 
Low  Alcoholism  Rate 


SMALL  CITY 
Moderate  Alcoholism  Rate 


METROPOLITAN  AREA 
High  Alcoholism  Rate 


Figure  2.  Incidence  ot  the  full  fetal  alcohol  syndrome  for  each  1,000  live  births  in  America 


EFFECTS  OF  FAS 

FAS  in  its  most  exquisite,  full-blown 
development  is  revealed  in  a  child  by  nu- 
merous defects  in  cranio-facial  develop- 
ment, in  prenatal  and  postnatal  growth, 
and  mental  insufficiency.  None  of  these 
defects  correct  themselves  as  the  child 
grows  older.  Table  1  lists  these  major 
features. 

This  is  the  type  of  infant  that  is  fre- 
quently born  to  women  who,  careful  in- 
terrogation reveals,  admit  to  having  five 
or  more  drinks  a  day  (i.e.,  60  grams  or 
more  of  alcohol)  throughout  pregnancy. 

In  twins  born  to  alcoholic  women 
some  curious  inconsistencies  have  been 
noticed.  For  example,  three  pairs  of  fra- 
ternal twins  (those  from  separate  eggs) 
have  been  observed  in  which  one  twin 
exhibited  all  of  the  physical  deformities 
of  the  syndrome  while  the  other  twin 
was  apparently  normal.  We  do  not  know 
whether  the  second  twin  showed  de- 
creased mental  acuity  in  later  life.  This 
suggests  that  the  genetic  susceptibility 
may  be  important.  Otherwise  at  the 
present  state  of  our  knowledge  this  in- 
consistency defies  explanation. 

The  only  known  affected  identical 
twins,  which  is  to  say  those  from  one 
egg,  were  equally  deformed. 

We  do  not  yet  know  how  prevalent 
the  FAS  is  in  America  (fig.  2).  The  main 
reason  is  that  recognition  of  the  existence 
of  the  syndrome  is  so  new  that  not  all 
physicians  have  had  time  to  become  ex- 
perienced in  recognizing  its  signs  and 
symptoms.  In  Seattle,  where  the  syn- 
drome was  first  defined,  and  pediatri- 
cians have  been  alert  for  the  longest 
time,  it  is  estimated  that  approximately 


•     NUTRITION  TODAY  September/October,  1980 


one  child  is  born  with  FAS  in  each  nine 
hundred  live  births.  Similar  observations 
in  New  York  City  indicate  that  the  inci- 
dence is  one  in  each  four  hundred  births. 
The  data  suggests  that  FAS  occurs  about 
as  frequently  as  the  trisomy  21  Down's 
Syndrome.  Given  the  fact  that  it  most 


usually  causes  mental  impairment,  the 
prevalence  of  FAS  may  make  it  the  most 
common  birth  defect  of  which  we  are 
currently  aware.  For  example,  of  over 
eighteen  women  in  Brooklyn,  New  York, 
who  were  identified  as  having  been 
heavy  drinkers  during  pregnancy,  twelve 


'■i&r-'?: 


Major  Features  of  Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome 
Observed  Irs  245  Advanced  Cases 


s*aae. 


"Baa.  "f*f 


*&$%&$£.■.  £*%*?&.   80%  of  patients''    v  v  >?  '50%  of  ^patients  ^  j| 


•fi- 


Brain  Injury 


flrrteltectoai.'  '■%  "^Vv^   Clear  meotal  retardatflSrh?  it  r^' vV^:k£  :tir&%i 
^Neurological ;1; > r^iSl  .Tooirnafll^eacf' ,- \* '■%#$"&& e»brrjffiftattor> 


Behavioral 


i'^V'li*™  f>nicrocephary^:>r *>5^  ^'.Hypotonia^;^?^ 
r::*'^:*&,   irritable Irr Infancy      ■  '^"Hyperactive  In "$$!«* 

childhood.  '«  &&m 


2 

em 


Growth  Impairment   ..  \Vvv.V  ;•<?•&  *<•*-.  S-&<%&^  •'•:■,  ?.*-&■<  ^.£M 
Prenatal^  ife#&S«  7  Significant  reduction  to**  i^y'^  ^&,v.'£*m 

Postnatal .  4£&£&&?$i    Sianlficant  reductiort  irt •?   Disproportionately *3s 


\'^^:^§&f..^:&%    weight  "and  height 


'i    Significant;  reductlortlrt^   DisproportfonatelySri 


Facial  Characteristics- 
Head  circumference ;  y 

Eyes'"  ""'•  *  "y-'-^f-"''i 
Nose,-~.r^'^  Tt"%.  ,| 
Maxilla1;    'r;-:  -;  ,'.', 

Mouth  ■■'.-;;  *'*'.'.  .7"  ;•   4 


Too  small T  ■:■  «••'•*■•' 
Short  palpebral  fissure 
Hypoplastic  philtrum 


Thinned  upper  vermilion 


decreased  fat  stores^ 

.-■■■:-     ■  ■•  ■•  .■.:■■;;■  *  ;A%% 

■      ■■■••■>'   '.'•.'•■V  .-.--'■  y.^4 

Short  upturned \<  >; 
Hypoplastic  :\  ■"- '-^ 
Micrognathia  or^'Sj| 
prognathto  ln^  ^sr 
adolescence  '' 

>   tit'    »<S%iOtmtm 


-163- 


gave  birth  to  FAS  damaged  babies.  Five 
of  these  babies  had  every  one  of  the  de- 
formities of  the  head  and  face  (i.e.,  the 
full  syndrome) .  In  other  studies  of  alco- 
holic mothers  from  two  and  one-half  to 
nine  percent  produced  babies  with  full 
FAS.  From  thirty-three  to  thirty-eight 
percent  produced  babies  with  some  of 
the  minor  abnormalities.  In  both  such 
studies,  however,  mothers  who  were  not 
alcoholics  had  less  than  ten  percent  of 
even  the  minor  abnormalities.  Thus  vari- 
ous studies  show  that  three  to  twenty- 
nine  percent  of  the  children  born  to 
mothers  who  drink  heavily  during  preg- 
nancy have  full  FAS,  and  at  least  one  out 
of  three  of  the  babies  in  all  of  these 
studies  have  minor  congenital  abnormal- 
ities. Careful  mental  testing  of  such  chil- 
dren at  one  year  of  age  would  probably 
lead  to  the  recognition  of  brain  damage 
in  even  more  children.  No  doubt  in  later 
life  an  additional  group  would  exhibit 
learning  impairments  which  are  of 
course  difficult  if  not  impossible  to  detect 
in  the  newborn. 

The  basis  of  the  evidence  in  these 
studies  that  have  just  been  described  is 
the  result  of  interviews  where  mothers 
were  asked  about  their  alcohol  intake.  It 
is  not  surprising  that  these  women  are  re- 
luctant to  admit  to  drinking;  neverthe- 
less, one  of  every  three  women  inter- 
viewed has  been  recorded  as  a  moderate 
drinker.  Mothers  of  deformed  infants 
naturally  loathe  to  admit  that  their 
weakness  as  manifested  by  drinking 
might  be  responsible  for  the  deformities 
of  their  child.  No  study  has  yet  overcome 
this  problem. 

Complex  epidemiological  studies  of 
pregnant  women  enrolled  in  prepaid 
medical  care  plans,  who  were  followed 
regularly  with  self-administered  or 
volunteer- administered  questionnaires 
about  their  drinking  and  smoking  habits, 
indicate  that  spontaneous  abortion  is  also 
higher  in  women  who  take  more  than 
two  alcoholic  drinks  a  day,  as  compared 
to  those  who  respond  that  they  do  not 
drink.  The  risk  to  the  child  of  a  woman 
who  drinks  only  once  in  a  while  and  who 
then  goes  on  a  one  night  spree,  by  expos- 
ing the  fetus  at,  say,  a  critical  stage  of 
brain  development,  is  not  fully  consid- 
ered in  most  studies,  which  speak  of  only 
average  intake.  Thus,  the  full  FAS  which 
occurs  most  frequently  in  the  offspring  of 
alcoholic  women  who  have  five  or  more 
drinks  a  day  is  only  the  tip  of  the  iceburg 
of  fetal  alcohol  damage. 

Alcoholic  women,  like  alcoholic  men, 
frequently  abuse  the  use  of  other  toxic 
substances  that  can  affect  the  fetus.  They 
take  more  drugs,  such  as  tranquilizers, 
drink  more  coffee,  and  smoke  more  ciga- 
rettes than  do  other  people.  They  usually 
consume  an  unbalanced  diet,  and  have 
been  noted  to  be  deficient  in  vitamins, 
minerals,  and  protein.  For  this  reason 
the  human  data  relevant  to  the  damaged 
children  born  to  alcoholic  mothers  was 


PHOTOS  COUPTEST  »   P  STBtlSSOUTM    w  0 


The  fetal  alcohol  syndrome  is  no  respecter  of  age.  Here  is  the  same  child  at  birth  (left),  at  8  months 
(center),  and  at  4%  years  of  age  (right).  This  child's  IQ  was  from  40  to  45  at  each  evaluation  from  8 
months  on. 


viewed  with  skepticism  by  many  observ- 
ers when  it  was  first  reported.  However, 
the  peculiar  combination  of  abnormali- 
ties of  prenatal  and  postnatal  growth 
and  mental  retardation,  along  with  the 
highly  specific  animal  data,  lend  strong 
support  to  the  hypothesis  that  the  FAS  is 
indeed  a  well  defined  syndrome  that  is 
due  directly  to  alcohol  consumption.  Ep- 
idemiologic investigations  about  the  use 
of  nicotine,  caffeine,  tranquilizers  such 
as  diazepam  (Valium),  and  malnutrition 
fail  to  reveal  the  pattern  of  FAS  when 
alcohol  is  not  involved. 

The  original  report  of  FAS  by  Dr. 
Smith  in  1973  was  followed  in  the  short 
period  of  three  years  by  the  identifica- 
tion of  forty-one  such  affected  children 
in  the  Seattle  area  alone.  By  1978,  five 
years  after  the  first  report,  eighty-five 
children  were  observed  and  identified  in 
the  university  city  of  Tuebingen,  Ger- 
many. More  than  three  hundred  such  af- 
fected children  have  been  reported  from 


the  major  alcohol-using  countries  of  the 
world.  As  more  nurses,  physicians, 
teachers,  and  the  public  become  aware 
of  what  to  look  for,  we  expect  that  the 
incidence  of  recognition  will  soar.  It  is 
now  estimated  that  in  the  western  world 
throughout  which  the  pattern  of  alcohol 
consumption  by  women  is  fairly  uni- 
form, and  where  it  can  be  said  that  ^he 
incidence  of  alcoholism  in  women  is 
about  the  same,  of  every  thousand  live 
births  one  or  two  will  exhibit  the  full 
syndrome.  Some  evidence  of  the  syn- 
drome will  be  seen  in  as  many  as  six  of 
every  thousand  children.  There  has  not 
yet  been  time  to  learn  how  many  chil- 
dren will  show  some  mental  retardation 
in  later  life  because  their  mothers  drink. 
If  the  rate  is,  let's  say,  only  two  FAS  ba- 
bies per  thousand  live  births  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  then  the 
number  of  children  so  affected  is  very 
great.  It  means  that  in  the  United  Statec 
alone  there  are  at  least  twelve  thousand 


PHOTOS  COUPTESY  A   P  STPEISSGUTM.  M  0 


The  fetal  alcohol  syndrome  is  no  respecter  of  race.  Note  the  similarity  of  defects  in  the  North 
American  Indian  (left),  a  black  (center),  and  a  white  child  (right).  All  are  mentally  retarded. 

-164- 


PHOTO  COURTESY  0   W   SMITH    MO 


A  characteristic  feature  of  FAS  is  a  smaller  head 
circumference  (sketch)  than  usual  (outline). 


children  born  each  year  with  an  anatom- 
ical and  mental  deformity  and  that 
twelve  hundred  such  babies  enter  Cana- 
dian society  each  year. 

Like  all  other  substances  that  cause 
the  birth  of  physically  and  mentally  ab- 
normal offspring,  the  effect  of  alcohol  is 
varied  by  a  combination  of  genetic  sus- 
ceptibility, maternal  nutrition  or  mal- 
nutrition, and  the  intensity  of  the  insult 
to  which  the  fetus  is  subjected.  As  has 
been  said  earlier,  with  only  one  or  two 
exceptions  the  advanced  syndrome  ap- 
pears to  occur  only  in  mothers  who  con- 
sume a  reasonably  large  amount  of  alco- 
hol daily  throughout  pregnancy  or  who, 
from  time  to  time,  go  on  binges  of  ex- 
treme consumption.  The  mean  intake  of 


seventy-two  grams  of  ethyl  alcohol  daily 
for  those  mothers  in  whom  this  intake 
can  be  measured  reveals  just  how  heavily 
they  do  drink.  In  some  other  studies,  the 
complete  syndrome  has  been  noted  in 
those  who  have  four  or  five  drinks  a  day 
and  average  at  least  forty-five  drinks  a 
month.  These  data  should  be  no  comfort 
to  the  woman  who  may  have  three  or 
four  drinks  in  one  evening  while  she  is 
pregnant  and  then  no  more  for  a  day  or 
two,  because  no  data  yet  exists  that  in- 
dicates a  safe  level  of  alcohol  consump- 
tion during  pregnancy.  It  is  quite  clear 
from  the  animal  data  measuring  im- 
paired learning,  and  in  laboratory  spe- 
cies that  have  been  observed,  that  injury 
occurs  even  when  lesser  amounts  of  alco- 
hol are  consumed  than  those  needed  to 
produce  the  anatomical  deformities  of 
the  head  and  face. 

The  syndrome  in  its  full  blown  form 
has  major  elements  that  are  easily  ob- 
served and  can  be  set  forth  in  the  accom- 
panying figures  and  charts.  To  meet 
these  requirements  there  must  be  present 
elements  of  brain  injury  traceable  to  de- 
ficiency in  intellectual  and  neurological 
growth.  These  are  clearly  apparent  at 
age  one  and  thereafter,  but  are  not  per- 
ceptible in  the  first  year  of  life.  Even  at 
birth,  however,  it  is  easy  to  see  that  the 
child  with  FAS  is  too  small,  is  not  long 
enough,  nor  does  it  weigh  enough  for  an 
estimated  gestational  age. 

The  circumference  of  its  head  is  even 
smaller  than  it  should  be  for  the  reduced 
size.  These  are  impairments  that  remain 
throughout  life.  There  is  no  such  thing  as 
the  FAS  child  catching  up. 


This  is  a  teaching  aid  article.  Price 
and  delivery  dates  are  available  on  re- 
quest. For  institutions  and  anti- 
alcohol  programs,  bulk  prices  will  be 
available  at  a  discount.  Ordering 
information  will  be  ready  by  January 
1,  for  delivery  after  February  1. 


Figure  three  shows  a  weight  and 
height  graph  for  the  syndrome  with  data 
obtained  during  the  first  year  of  life  in 
several  of  these  children.  In  contrast  to 
most  other  forms  of  low  birth  weight  and 
height  there  is  no  postnatal  catch-up 
growth.  These  infants  are  repeatedly 
evaluated  for  failure  to  thrive  and  at  all 
times  in  subsequent  growth  they  remain 
more  than  2SD  below  the  average,  with 
weight  usually  being  more  severely  im- 
paired. The  impaired  adipose  tissue  de- 
posits results  in  these  children  remaining 
skinny.  Most  studies  of  the  reasons  for 
the  impaired  size  is  a  prenatal  insult  to 
cell  proliferation  leading  to  diminished 
numbers  of  fetal  cells. 

The  best  known  symptoms  of  FAS 
are  the  abnormal  features  one  can  ob- 
serve in  the  face  (table  1).  They  are  best 
understood  by  postulating  that  the  brain 
and  the  part  of  the  face  dependent  upon 
a  brain  of  normal  size  just  did  not  de- 
velop adequately  to  fill  out  the  face.  The 
eyes  are  too  close  together.  There  is  the 
fold  that  covers  the  inner  corner  of  each 
eye,  a  phenomenon  that  is  normal  in 


PHOTO  COUPTEST  S.  K.  CURREN.  M  0. 


FETAL 
ALCOHOL 
SYNDROME 
Data  from 
first  year 
of  life 


Length 


BIRTH 


Weight 


birth; 


Normal  infants 
FAS  infants 


Head 
Circumference 


BIRTH 


Figure  3.  Growth  Chart 


Compare  the  size  of  the  brain  ol  a  normal  new- 
born infant  with  that  of  an  infant  with  FAS  who 
died  five  days  after  birth  (lower  specimen).  The 
affected  brain  exhibits  a  gyral  pattern  obscured 
by  a  leptomeningeal  neuroglial  heterotopia. 


-165- 


PHOTO  COURTESY  NUU 


The  anatomical  defects  of  fetal  alcohol  syn- 
drome last  a  lifetime,  as  shown  by  this  patient 
who  is  seventeen  years  old. 


people  of  the  mongoloid  race  (and  for 
what  reason  we  do  not  know).  There  is 
virtually  no  bridge  to  the  nose  just  before 
the  forehead  and  the  organ  itself  sits  too 
close  to  the  upper  lip.  The  normal  pair 
of  ridges  divided  by  a  small  valley  that 
extends  from  the  bottom  of  the  nostril 
septum  to  the  upper  lip  is  absent,  and 
there  is  a  turned  upper  vermilioned 
border. 

The  syndrome  is  now  well  character- 
ized in  an  accumulation  of  reports  that 
have  appeared  in  the  world's  literature 
(table  1). 

Studies  comparing  the  intelligence 
with  the  prominence  of  the  facial  char- 
acteristics within  the  group  of  fetal  alco- 
hol syndrome  patients  indicate  clearly 
that  the  more  severe  the  facial  character- 
istics, the  more  severe  the  impairment  of 
mental  function  suggesting  that  alcohol 
is  responsible  for  both.  A  few  careful  au- 
topsy studies  of  the  brain  structure  in  the 
fetal  alcohol  syndrome  exist  and  the 
cortical  cells  of  the  cerebellum  and 
the  cerebrum  show  the  most  marked 
abnormalities. 


•    Full  FAS 

□  Morphologic  defects 

X 

0 

0  Fetal  wastage  and  absorption 

X  All  congenital  abnormalities 

a 

X 

0 

a 

on 

• 

X 

0 

□ 

• 

0 

yO 

□ 

e 

• 

G 

•'*«$& 


Figure  4.  Probable  relationship  of  daily  alcohol  consumption  during  pregnancy  to  the  occurence  of 
birth  defects. 


Animal  data  supports  these  observa- 
tions with  the  findings  of  cerebral  corti- 
cal developmental  and  myelination 
changes  in  the  fetus  exposed  to  alcohol. 

In  addition  to  the  facial  characteris- 
tics noted  in  the  patient  illustration  and 
in  figure  1  there  are  many  others  that  are 
frequent,  but  a  little  less  common.  In  the 
eyes,  ptosis,  strabismus,  and  epicanthal 
folds  over  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye  are 
often  seen;  myopia  is  a  bit  rarer.  Both 
posterior  rotation  and  poorly  formed 
ears  are  seen.  In  the  mouth  prominent 
lateral  palatine  ridges,  cleft  lip,  cleft  pal- 
ate, and  small  teeth  with  faulty  enamel 
are  observed.  Atrial  and  ventricular  sep- 
tal defects  in  the  heart  have  been  ob- 
served. There  are  aberrant  palmar 
creases,  pectus  excavatum,  and  many 
other  hypoplastic  bone  and  joint  abnor- 
malities. Available  follow-up  studies 
indicate  that  the  abnormalities  are  per- 
manent; there  is  little  evidence  that  the 
child  grows  out  of  it  or  overcomes  the 
defect. 

SAFE  CONSUMPTION? 

The  question  is  frequently  asked, 
"What  is  a  safe  level  for  alcohol  con- 
sumption in  the  pregnant  woman?"  The 
most    conservative    answer    is   that    the 


Dr.  Iber  and  the  editors  of  Nutrition  Today  wish  to  express  their  deep 
appreciation  to  David  W.  Smith,  M.D.,  professor  of  pediatrics  and  Ann 
Pytkowicz  Streissguth,  professor  in  the  department  of  psychiatry  and 
behavioral  sciences,  both  at  the  University  of  Washington,  Seattle. 

The  thanks  of  everyone,  everywhere,  should  go  to  Dr.  David  Smith 
for  his  perception  in  being  the  first  to  make  us  all  aware  of  the  signs  and 
symptoms  of  the  fetal  alcohol  syndrome.  —Ed. 


thoughtful  women  contemplating  preg- 
nancy would  avoid  all  alcohol  from  the 
time  of  conception  until  the  child  is 
born.  The  hardest  scientific  data  on  the 
striking  structural  changes  that  make  up 
the  clear  facial  characteristics  of  the  fetal 
alcohol  syndrome  is  that  four  or  five 
drinks  daily  should  be  avoided  to  pos- 
sibly forgo  the  full  blown  syndrome.  The 
available  animal  data  indicates  clearly 
that  one-fifth  of  the  level  of  alcohol 
needed  to  produce  major  morphological 
changes  will  surely  produce  learning  im- 
pairment in  adults  born  of  alcoholic 
dams  even  though  they  are  morpholog- 
ically normal.  Under  this  circumstance, 
any  alcohol  amount  approaching  one 
drink  each  day  of  pregnancy  is  of  the 
magnitude  to  produce  this  form  of 
damage.  The  prudent  conclusion  is  that 
alcohol  is  undesirable  during  pregnancy. 

It  seems  clear  that  the  unborn  child 
has  the  most  sensitive  of  all  tissues  to 
alcohol  injury.  In  adults,  fifty  grams  of 
alcohol  per  day  seems  capable  of  produc- 
ing liver  damage  if  utilized  over  many 
years;  lesser  amounts  of  alcohol  seem 
safe.  In  contrast,  half  this  amount  of 
alcohol  to  the  pregnant  woman  taken 
through  pregnancy  will  produce  mental 
changes  in  the  newborn.  These  ideas  are 
summarized  in  figure  4. 

The  fetal  alcohol  syndrome  is  emerg- 
ing as  the  most  prevalent  single  cause  of 
mental  impairment  in  the  Western 
world.  Many  exciting  programs  to  recog- 
nize drinking  in  obstetrics  and  gynecol- 
ogy practices,  to  educate  mothers-to-be 
of  this  hazard,  and  possibly  even  to  label 
this  hazard  on  alcoholic  beverages  are 
under  discussion.  This  syndrome  now 
clearly  described  in  its  advanced  form 
will  shortly  enter  the  prevention  phase. 
We  all  await  — what  really  works.       © 


-166- 


NUTR1T10N  TODAY  September/October,  1980     11 


PATHOLOGIC  PHYSIOLOGY  OF 
ALCOHOL  AND  PREGNANCY 


How  Alcohol  Affects 
the  Developing  Fetus 


Some  observations  about  the  normal  and  abnormal  physiology 

of  the  pregnant  woman  who  drinks.  These  reflections  make  it  clear 

why  we  should  all  read  the  Holy  Bible  more  carefully. 


by  CORTEZ  F.  ENLOE,  JR.,  M.D. 


Wien  Dr.  Iber  wrote  in  the  January/ 
February,  1971  issue  of  Nutrition 
Today  that  "In  Alcoholism,  The  Liver 
Sets  the  Pace,"  he  helped  us  understand 
why  drinking  more  than  a  moderate 
amount  of  alcohol  causes  the  beverage  to 
escape  the  detoxifying  system  of  the  liver 
and  reach  the  developing  fetus.  The  fetal 
alcohol  syndrome  or  FAS,  as  it  has  since 
come  to  be  known,  had  not  been  recog- 
nized at  the  time  of  Dr.  Iber's  report. 
There  can  be  little  doubt,  however,  that 
as  he  pointed  out,  the  rate  at  which  the 
liver  can  spare  the  body  the  damage  of 
alcohol  is  "a  linear  function  of  time."  He 
provided  us  with  the  clue  to  the  fact  that 
once  alcohol  consumption  reaches  a  stage 
in  which  the  alcohol  blood  level  in  the 
portal  circulatory  system  between  the  di- 
gestive tract  and  the  liver  exceeds  the  ca- 
pacity of  the  liver  to  detoxify  it,  trouble 
is  sure  to  occur.  The  excess  alcohol  passes 
on  into  the  general  circulation  and  the 
person  becomes  drunk.  And  drunkenness 


Or.  Enloe  is  the  editor  of  Nutrition  To- 
day magazine. 


is  a  primary  cause  of  crime,  of  automo- 
bile accidents,  of  fatal  crashes  by  private 
airplanes,  and,  now  it  seems,  it  may  also 
be  a  principal  cause  of  mental  retarda- 
tion and  birth  defects  by  making  the  fe- 
tus drunk.  This  then  is  reason  enough  to 
look  at  the  pathologic  physiology  in  the 
pregnant  woman  who  drinks. 

At  first  blush  one  could  easily  be  sus- 
pected of  trivializing  a  serious  matter 
when  they  observe  that  the  pregnant  wo- 
man who  craves  the  psychologic  release 
of  a  cocktail  would  do  well  to  eat  while 
she  drinks.  There  is  sound  medical  rea- 
soning behind  this  advice  because  by  eat- 
ing as  she  sips,  she  slows  the  absorption 
of  alcohol,  or  ethyl  alcohol,  or  to  be  ex- 
act, ethanol,  to  use  the  contraction,  from 
her  stomach  into  the  portal  circulatory 
system.  The  slower  the  absorption  rate, 
the  better  the  chance  that  the  liver  will 
be  able  to  break  down  the  alcohol  and 
keep  it  out  of  the  general  circulation. 

As  Dr.  Iber  pointed  out,  the  moment 
one  takes  a  drink,  the  alcohol  that  first 
reaches  the  stomach  is  quickly  absorbed. 
However,  if  one  then  nibbles  a  bit  of 
cheese  or  a  mini-frankfurter  hors 
d'oeuvre  absorption  is  slowed.  And  the 
greasier  the  tidbit  the  better,  because  the 
presence  of  fat  slows  absorption  of  alco- 
hol through  gastric  mucosa.  By  these 
willful  acts  — sipping  drinks  slowly  and 
eating  all  the  while  — the  liver,  which 
has  only  a  limited  capacity  to  detoxify 
and  metabolize  any  agent,  is  given  an 
opportunity  to  reduce  alcohol  from  the 
stomach  into  innocuous  acetaldehyde 
and  acetic  acid,  and  these  two  substances 
subsequendy  break  down  into  carbon  di- 
oxide and  water.  This  chain  of  events  is 
clearly  established.  It  is  only  part  of  the 


routine  activity  of  the  liver,  a  large,  busy 
factory  alive  with  metabolic  chemical  re- 
actions that  break  down  nutrients  and 
other  chemicals  absorbed  from  the  stom- 
ach and  intestine  into  less  complex  units 
so  the  body  can  use  or  dispose  of  them. 

PORTAL  PROTECTION 

This  emphasizes  the  virtues  of  the 
portal  system  because  through  its  vessels 
everything  that  leaves  the  stomach  or  the 
small  intestine  must  first  go  to  the  liver 
before  it  can  pass  into  the  body's  general 
circulatory  system.  However,  as  Dr.  Iber 
pointed  out,  the  trouble  is  that  the  liver's 
capacity  is  limited  and  inflexible.  As  he 
told  us,  in  the  case  of  alcohol,  the  liver 
can  handle  about  ten  milliliters  an  hour. 
Or,  to  put  it  another  way,  it  means  that 
it  will  take  the  liver  of  the  average  per- 
son from  five  to  six  hours  to  fully  oxidize 
the  alcohol  in  four  ounces  of  whiskey  or 
two  and  one  half  pints  of  beer.  This  is 
why  three  drinks  at  lunch  puts  President 
Carter's  mythical  executive  off  his  beat 
for  the  afternoon.  This  can  only  be 
avoided  if  one  were  to  spread  their  alco- 
hol intake  of  such  drinks  evenly  over  four 
hours'  time,  an  unlikely  event  because 
then  they  would  get  little  or  no  lack  from 
drink  at  all. 

The  trouble  begins  when  the  liver  re- 
ceives more  alcohol  than  it  can  handle. 
It  simply  lets  the  excess  pass  into  the  gen- 
eral circulation  and  picks  out  that  which 
it  can  detoxify  at  its  leisurely  pace  as  it 
passes  back  through  the  liver.  Thus  it 
permits  the  host  to  enjoy  the  intoxicating 
pleasures  of  alcohol  until  the  organ  has 
time  to  pick  it  up  and  reduce  it  to  carbon 
dioxide  and  water.  If  the  amount  is  such 
that  the  transfer  of  acetaldehyde  exceeds 


ta    \urfi/no\  todav  <>«(«,un*j«,  ;<wn 


-167- 


the  body's  capacity,  the  acetaldehyde 
concentration  increases  and  that's  what 
causes  a  hangover. 

The  blood-alcohol  curve  chart  dra- 
matically depicts  the  effect  of  food  on 
absorption  rates  of  various  spirits.  The 
chart  was  compiled  by  one  of  the  great- 
est practical  pharmacologists,  Chauncey 
D.  Leake,  Ph.D.  (For  more  information 
about  Dr.  Leake,  see  the  May/June,  1978 
issue  of  Nutrition  Today.) 

The  alcohol  that  circulates  freely  in 
the  blood  waiting  to  be  detoxified 
reaches  all  of  the  body's  organs  and  has  a 
special  affinity  for  the  brain  and  the  per- 
son becomes  intoxicated.  In  the  case  of 
the  pregnant  woman  something  else  also 
occurs.  In  her  case  there's  also  the  baby 
growing  within  her  body  to  be  thought 
of.  The  simple  answer  is  that  it  too  re- 
ceives its  share  of  alcohol.  The  amount  of 
the  concentration  of  alcohol  that  the 
baby  is  bathed  in,  and  keep  in  mind  that 
we  are  speaking  of  raw  ethyl  alcohol,  re- 
gardless of  whether  it  comes  from  wine, 
spirits,  or  beer,  depends  on  three  things. 
First,  how  much  the  mother  drinks,  of 
what  land  of  alcoholic  beverages  the 
mother  has  consumed;  second,  in  what 
period  of  time  she  drinks  it;  and  third, 
whether  she  slows  the  emptying  time  of 
her  stomach  by  eating  as  she  drinks.  If 
she  has  sipped  a  martini  containing,  say, 
one  and  one-half  ounces  of  gin  over  a  pe- 
riod of  two  hours  —  an  unlikely  feat  for  a 
martini  drinker  — all  the  while  nibbling 
on  cheese  hors  d'oeuvres,  the  baby  may 
not  be  damaged.  Any  faster  drinking,  or 
no  food  of  consequence,  however,  and 
the  fetus  is  sure  to  get  an  alcohol  bath. 

BATHTUB  GIN 

This  point  was  made  very  clearly 
long,  long  ago  when,  as  Dr.  Iber  tells  us, 
it  was  clearly  stated  in  the  Bible  as  an 
admonition  to  pregnant  women. 

As  is  so  often  the  case  in  medical 
discovery,  now  that  we  know  what  hap- 
pens in  the  fetal  alcohol  syndrome,  look- 
ing upon  the  basic  effect  of  alcohol  on 
the  tissues,  it  is  hard  to  understand  why 
medical  scientists  were  so  slow  in  realiz- 
ing that  ethyl  alcohol  is  bound  to  injure 
the  virtually  defenseless  tissues  in  the  de- 
veloping fetus. 

Consider  this  fact,  that  we  physicians 
overlooked.  In  the  very  first  university 
courses  in  general  chemistry,  students 
are  taught  that  alcohol  is  a  dehydrating 
agent.  It  has  an  inexplicable  capacity  to 
absorb  water  without  markedly  increas- 
ing its  own  volume.  As  anyone  who 
made  "bathtub  gin"  during  the  prohibi- 
tion era  knows,  one  has  to  use  more  than 
a  pint  of  water  and  a  pint  of  ethyl 
alcohol  in  order  to  obtain  a  quart  of  gin. 
Here  two  pints  don't  make  a  quart  be- 
cause the  alcohol  absorbs  some  of  the 
water.  (Chemistry  will  ignore  the  few 
drops  of  juniper  juice  that  are  added  for 
flavor!)  This  phenomena  is  usually  dem- 
onstrated in  beginning  college  chemistry 


f  ROM  ALCOHOLIC  IftflUCfl  IN  CLINICAL  UCDKlMl  BY  CHAuNCEY 
0  LEAKE  AND  WILTON  SILVERMAN 


Typical  blood-alcohol  curves  resulting  from  ingestion  of  various  spirits,  wines  and  beer,  each  at 
amounts  equivalent  to  0.6  gm  of  alcohol  per  kilogram  of  body  weight. 


when  the  instructor  will  mystify  his 
young  audience  by  taking  a  beaker  with 
100  milliliters  of  water  and  a  beaker 
with  100  milliliters  of  alcohol,  mixes 
them  in  a  large  graduate  and  lo  and 
behold  the  resulting  volume  is  not  20*0 
milliliters  but  only  about  185  milliliters. 
The  alcohol  behaving  like  a  liquid 
sponge  has  simply  absorbed  some  of  the 
water.  This  ability  of  alcohol  to  absorb 
water  is  the  reason  that  it  stings  abraded 
tissue.  It  simply  draws  some  of  the  water 
out  of  it.  It  is  the  reason  why  raw 
alcohol  will  irritate  the  lining  of  the 
stomach  after  sufficient  exposure  and  ex- 
plains why  drunkards  frequently  suffer 
from  gastritis.  It  is  also  as  good  a  reason 
as  we  can  think  of  why  the  brain  of  a 
child  of  a  drunken  mother  is  smaller 
than  the  brain  of  a  normal  child.  In  an 
autopsy,  as  accompanying  photographs 
show,  the  brain  of  the  child  that  has 
been  exposed  to  alcohol  can  best  be 
described  as  appearing  desiccated.  It 
may  also  be  a  reasonable  biochemical  ex- 
planation why  that  same  child  is  re- 
tarded. They  simply  do  not  have  the 
same  amount  of  brain  tissues  as  do  nor- 
mal children  because  alcohol  has  with- 
drawn some  of  the  fluid  from  the  devel- 
oping brain  cells  and  they  have  died  or 
remain  functionless. 

BIOLOGICAL  COMPUTER 

In  the  adult,  alcohol  damages  the 
brain  ceils  in  a  similar  manner.  In  so  do- 
ing it  slows  the  passage  of  nerve  im- 
pulses. The  neurological  reticulum  of  the 
brain  is  particularly  affected.  This  is  the 
part  of  the  organ  which  can  be  com- 
pared to  a  biological  computer  that  re- 
ceives the  signals  of  the  remainder  of  the 
brain,  coordinates  them,  and  sends  them 
back  to  their  proper  place.  In  the  fetus 
-168- 


this  is  the  portion  of  the  brain  that  first 
develops.  In  the  adult,  when  alcohol  de- 
presses the  activity  of  the  reticulum  the 
signals  going  to  the  cortex,  which  regu- 
lates thought,  become  disorganized.  This 
is  the  reason  that  a  drink  or  two  releases 
man  from  his  inhibitions.  This  slight  dis- 
organization, which  enhances  release 
from  serious  thought,  is  what  has  made 
alcohol  attractive  to  man  since  the  be- 
ginning of  time.  After  loss  of  inhibitions, 
another  drink  or  two  will  begin  to  affect 
the  motor  process.  This  explains  why  the 
person  who  drinks  first  loses  temper- 
mental  restraint  and  says  more  than  he 
ought  to  before  he  reaches  the  stage 
where  his  speech  becomes  slurred  and  his 
motor  coordination  causes  him  to  have 
trouble  putting  one  foot  properly  in  front 
of  the  other. 

The  fetus  doesn't  think  or  walk. 
Nonetheless,  it  is  reasonable  to  suppose 
that  the  developing  reticulum  or  the 
mental  computer  that  is  constantly 
bathed  in  ethyl  alcohol  soon  adapts  to 
that  milieu.  Short  circuits  develop  and 
no  amount  of  education  in  later  life  can 
realign  them. 

In  making  this  adaptation  to  the  al- 
cohol environment  the  cells  are  following 
a  pattern  of  growth  and  behavior  that  is 
one  of  the  established  facts  of  human 
physiology.  They  are  doing  the  same 
thing  that  the  muscles  of  the  arm  do 
when  it  is  put  into  a  sling.  Those  mus- 
cles, being  unused,  quickly  begin  to  at- 
rophy and  waste  away.  Once  the  sling  is 
removed,  the  muscles  have  to  be  re- 
trained by  physical  rehabilitation. 

THE  CELL'S  WISDOM 

We  can  see  the  same  phenomenon  at 
work  in  the  endocrine  system.  Give  a 
normal  animal  or  woman  large  doses  of 


NUTRITION  TODAY  September  /October.  1980     13 


Low  rat*  of  alcohol  into**.  The  liver  Is  able  to 
"niter"  IM  mother's  blood,  removing  tho  alco- 
hol before  It  can  enter  her  circulatory  system 
and  affect  her  brain  and  the  fetus. 


Wan  rat*  of  oJcohol  intake.  The  threshold  of  the 
liver's  ability  to  treat  the  continuing  high  level  of 
alcohol  in  the  blood  is  surpassed.  As  the  Wood 
enters  the  mother's  circulatory  system  It  con- 
tinues to  carry  alcohol  with  It.  suffusing  her  brain 
and  the  fetus  with  mis  toxic  substance. 


BRAIN 


ALCOHOL  INTAKE 


TO 

OTHS? 

ORGANS. 

UVER    *Jg* 


WASTE 


UVER 


WASTE 


t*^??*  h'30.^  Sh0Wi"a  ,h*  ,hresh0,d  characteristic  of  tho  liver's  ability  to  metabolize  alcohol  carried  in  the  Blood.  When  the  threshold  is  ex- 
ceeded-when  the  liver  cannot  cope-the  alcohol  carried  through  the  mother's  circulatory  system  suffuses  her  brain  and  the  fetus. 


female  sex  hormone  over  a  period  of 
time,  then  suddenly  withdraw  it,  and  it 
will  be  observed  that  the  ovaries  have 
ceased  to  produce  their  normal  amounts 
of  estrogen. 

This  habit  of  a  cell  to  lose  its  basic 
function  when  that  function  is  distorted 
or  replaced  by  external  factors,  is  one  of 
the  dangers  of  giving  excessive  amounts 
of  cortisone  to  the  person  who  still  has  a 
functioning  adrenal  cortex  that  manu- 


factures the  same  hormone. 

It  is  reasonable,  therefore,  to  suspect 
when  the  cells  of  the  developing  fetal  re- 
ticulum are  bathed  with  desiccating 
alcohol  they  soon  adapt  to  that  state 
wherein  the  abnormal  'becomes  to  them 
the  normal.  This  might  be  called  the 
phenomenon  of  the  wisdom  of  the  cell. 

The  fact  that  the  brain  in  both  the 
adult  and  the  developing  baby  has  a  rich 
supply  of  blood  means  that  a  majority  of 


the  alcohol -laden  blood  soon  reaches  the 
most  easily  damaged  area.  In  the  case  of 
the  fetus,  we  have  known  for  some  time 
that  the  alcohol  in  the  blood  of  the 
mother  easily  crosses  the  barrier  from  the 
decidua  (the  temporary  lining  that  forms 
in  the  mother's  uterus  to  hold  the  pla- 
centa of  the  baby  in  place)  into  the 
placenta  and  thus  heads  for  the  organ 
that  has  the  highest  coefficient  of  affinity 
for  alcohol  of  any  organ  in  the  body. 


14 


NUTRITION  TODAY  September /October.  1980      ■,  r  n 


NATURE'S  WONDERS 

Nature  does  many  wondrous  things 
to  protect  the  growing  fetus  from  the 
careless  behavior  of  the  mother  in  whose 
womb  it  nestles.  The  uterus  is  a  mighty 
muscular  fortress  that  protects  the  infant 
from  even  the  most  extraordinary  me- 
chanical injury.  One  might  have  thought 
that  nature  would  have  made  the  pla- 
centa a  bit  more  discriminating  and  not 
let  the  alcohol  cross  the  barrier  into  the 
baby's  tissues,  but  this  is  not  the  case.  It 
seems  that  nature  might  have  provided 
this  protection  because  there  is  not  inter- 
mingling of  the  mother's  blood  and  fetal 
blood.  One  of  the  first  things  that  occurs 
when  the  ova  of  the  female  is  insemi- 
nated by  the  sperm  of  the  male  and  cell 
division  and  growth  begins  is  that  a  cir- 
culatory system  begins  to  form.  This  can 
be  seen  in  the  fetus  that  is  only  a  few 
days  old,  when  it  is  little  more  than  a 
small  cluster  of  cells.  This  very  primitive 
circulatory  system  begins  immediately  to 
carry  nutrients  to  the  cluster  and  to 
deliver  metabolic  waste  back  to  the 
mother  so  it  can  be  discharged.  The 
waste,  for  example,  goes  back  to  the  pla- 
centa,   which    is    partial    to    the    fetus 


although  it  is  connected  to  the  fetus  by 
the  long  umbilical  cord  villi  that  extend 
out  from  the  placenta  into  the  blood  rich 
decidua  and  the  chemistry  is  such  that  a 
discharge  and  interchange  takes  place. 
On  the  inward  bound  voyage  vitamins, 
minerals,  proteins  in  assimilable  state, 
carbohydrates,  fats,  oxygens,  and  other 
nutrients  cross  the  barrier  into  the  fetus. 
In  the  outward  bound  trip  the  arteries  of 
the  fetus  waste  products  from  its  own 
metabolism  to  the  villi  from  which  they 
cross  the  barrier  and  are  picked  up  and 
carried  away  by  the  venous  system  of  the 
mother  to  be  discharged  by  urination, 
defecation,  and  respiration. 

OTHER  TOXICANTS 

Unfortunately  the  fetus  also  passes 
along  many  drugs,  at  least  one  of  which, 
thalidomide,  an  otherwise  perfect  seda- 
tive, has  terrifyingly  harmful  effects  on 
the  fetus,  as  we  learned  from  the  sad  ex- 
periences of  the  early  1960s.  The  pla- 
centa also  offers  no  barrier  to  some  gas 
products  which  are  of  no  benefit  to  the 
baby.  This  is  why  smoking  by  a  pregnant 
woman  carries  with  it  certain  hazards 
that  we  do  not  yet  understand.  We  know 
this   because   research   has  shown   that 


UMBILICAL  CORD 
containing  the 
arterio-venous  lifeline 
between  mother 
and  fetus 


DECIDUA— an  organ 
^V^/  of  the  mother 


VILLOUS-DECIDUA 
INTERFACE  where 
FAS  is  decided 


PLACENTA— an  organ 
of  the  fetus 

FETAL  BLOOD 
VESSELS 


DECIDUA  of  the, 
uterine  lining 


A  Single 
Villus 


The  fetus  when  it  Is  about  to  become  a  baby.  Note  that  the  fetal  blood  vessels  do  not  make  con- 
tact with  the  mother's  circulatory  system.  Thus  all  exchange  must  transpire  throuQh  the  decidual 
and  villous  cell  walls.  They  determine  what  shall  and  what  shall  not  pass.  Ethyl  alcohol,  unfortu- 
nately, Is  allowed  to  pass. 

-170- 


shortly  after  a  pregnant  woman  inhales 
the  smoke  of  a  cigarette,  methemoglobin 
can  be  identified  in  fetal  blood.  No  one  is 
sure  what  damage  this  abnormal  hemo- 
globin can  do,  but  the  informed  suppo- 
sitions leave  no  room  for  comfort.  The 
only  thing  that  is  certain  at  the  present 
state  of  our  knowledge  is  that  this  is  not 
pure  hemoglobin  circulating  in  the  fetal 
vessels,  but  is  an  abnormal  substance. 

The  same  can  be  said  about  the  preg- 
nant woman  drinking  caffeine-bearing 
coffee.  This  alkaloid  also  passes  the  pla- 
cental barrier  interchange.  Again,  the 
state  of  our  knowledge  does  not  provide 
evidence  that  for  the  pregnant  woman  to 
drink  a  modest  amount  of  coffee  is  harm- 
ful. The  knowledge,  however,  does  raise 
the  question  of  whether  the  fetus  can 
withstand  the  impact  of  the  same  serum 
concentration  of  the  caffeine  as  does  the 
fully  developed  human  body.  We  have  a 
long  way  to  go  before  we  have  certain 
knowledge  of  what  drugs  and  stimu- 
lants the  pregnant  woman  can  safely 
consume. 

We  don't  know  how  to  account  for 
the  way  that  alcohol  selectively  dis- 
figures the  infant  anatomically.  That  too 
must  be  left  to  further  research. 

The  organs  of  even  a  young  child  are 
composed  of  cells  that  are  mature.  This, 
to  us,  means  that  the  cellular  systems  are 
highly  developed  and  have  practiced 
patterns  of  metabolic  behavior  and 
chemical  interchange.  The  developing 
cells  of  the  fetus  are  not  old  enough  to 
have  the  protection  of  such  experience. 
We  know  now  the  mechanisms  by  which 
some  of  these  permanent  changes  take 
place.  Considering  these  facts,  the 
wonder  is  that  drunken  babies  born  of 
drunken  mothers  are  not  complete  idiots. 
The  ability  of  the  delicate  tissues  to  with- 
stand the  day-in  and  day-out  bath  of  a 
strong  dehydrating  agent  is  a  tribute  to 
nature.  As  we  have  seen,  the  placenta,  a 
wonderfully  organized  temporary  organ, 
exercises  little  or  no  filtering  effect  to 
protect  the  fetus.  Since  the  cellular  struc- 
ture of  the  infant  is  immature  and 
fragile,  it  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  a 
drunken  mother  carries  in  her  swollen 
uterus  a  drunken  baby.  After  she  has 
become  drunk  she  usually  has  a  hang- 
over. That  will  pass  away  in  a  few 
hours.  For  the  fetus,  the  hangover  may 
last  a  lifetime.  © 


El 


This  is  a  teaching  aid  article.  Price 
and  delivery  dates  are  available  on  re- 
quest. For  institutions  and  anti- 
alcohol  programs,  bulk  prices  will  be 
available  at  a  discount.  Ordering 
information  will  be  ready  by  January 
I,  for  delivery  after  February  1. 


NUTRITION  TODAY  September/October,  1980     15 


J) 


easions 


Vdues 
H-IZ 


DECISIONS  AND  VALUES 
9-12 


Decision-making  skills  need  to  be  developed  at  an  early  age 
and  continue  being  developed  throughout  life.   The  goal  in 
teaching  decision-making  skills  is  to  help  students  do  the 
following: 

1.  Understand  their  role  in  making  decisions. 

2.  Recognize  other  people  who  can  help  them  make  decisions. 

3.  Realize  the  risks  involved  in  decision-making. 

The  process  of  making  decisions  involves  the  following 
steps  (It  Starts  With  People,  p.  24) : 

1.  Defining  the  problem. 

2.  Exploring  possible  alternative  ways  of  resolving 
the  problem. 

3.  Looking  at  the  consequences  of  the  choices. 

4.  Choosing  the  alternative. 

The  purpose  of  values  clarification  is  to  help  young  people 
build  their  own  value  system.   Louis  Rath,  who  formulated  the 
values  clarification  approach,  broke  the  process  of  valuing 
into  three  sub-processes  (Simon,  P.  19) . 

1.  Prizing:   cherishing  to  the  point  of  being  willing 

to  publicly  affirm  a  belief. 

2.  Choosing:  looking  at  the  various  alternatives,  considering  the 

consequences,  and  choosing  freely. 

3.  Acting:    consistently  and  repetitiously  acting  on 


-171- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  how  values  can  affect  the  decision- 
making process. 


VALUES  AND  DECISIONS 

Some  decisions  are  difficult  to  make  because  they  are 
in  conflict  with  our  values.   The  following  activity  will  help 
students  recognize  why  they  may  have  had  trouble  making  decisions 
in  the  past  and  how  identifying  values  before  making  a  decision 
can  be  of  some  help  in  the  decision-making  process. 

ACTIVITY: 

Hold  a  discussion  about  how  values  affect  decisions. 
Encourage  students  to  think  of  several  times  that  decisions  have 
been  hard  to  make  because  of  conflicts  with  values.   Hand  out 
a  copy  of  "How  Do  Values  Affect  Your  Decisions?"   and  have  the 
students  complete  the  questions  based  on  personal  experience. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  "How  Do  Values  Affect  Your  Decisions?", 
ME:  The  New  Model,  High  School  Teachers  Manual  (Lakewood  City 
Public  School  System:   1470  Warren  Road,  Lakewood,  OH,  1973),  p.  150. 

-172- 


HOW  DO  YOUR  VALUES 
AFFECT  YOUR  DECISIONS? 


When  you  cannot  make  a  decision,  probably  there  is  a 
conflict  of  wants  or  of  values.   Clarifying  your  values  will 
help  you  make  your  decision. 

Here  are  questions  to  ask  yourself  so  you  can  clarify 
the  values  that  affect  your  decision. 

1.  Do  you  have  any  decisions  to  make  now? 

2.  What  alternatives  are  open  to  you,  what  might  their 
consequences  be,  and  which  one(s)  do  you  think  will 
best  get  you  what  you  want?   Use  books,  magazines,  the 
library  and  other  people's  experiences  to  check  this  out. 

3.  What  are  some  of  the  things  that  are  important  to  you  in 
this  decision,  or  what  are  your  values  here?   (Use 
valuing  process  here  if  you  need  to)  . 

4.  Do  any  of  the  values  you  hold  seem  to  be  keeping  you 
from  making  this  decision. 

5.  List  all  the  values  involved  in  this  decision  and  rank 
order  them,  that  is,  number  them  in  order  of  importance, 
with  #1  the  most  important,  etc. 

6.  Are  any  of  your  values  holding  up  your  decision? 

7.  If  so,  think  about  it  for  a  while  and  come  back  to  it  later, 

8.  How  can  you  make  a  decision  that  will  clearly  represent 
your  values? 

9.  If  you  still  cannot  make  a  decision,  repeat  the  process 
above . 

10.  What  is  your  final  decision? 

11.  How  did  clarifying  your  values  affect  your  decision? 


-173- 


Key  Concept:   Awareness  of  the  responsibility  of  one's  own  actions 


OWNING  RESPONSIBILITY 

A  breakdown  occurs  in  communication  when  individuals  do 
not  take  responsibility  for  their  own  actions.   The  following 
activity  explores  this  idea. 


ACTIVITY: 


Hand  out  a  copy  of  "Responsibility  -  Taking  Ownership 
of  One's  Feelings  and  Actions".   Role  Play  the  story. 
Break  the  class  into  small  groups  and  have  students 
share  similar  situations  that  they  have  been  in;  how 
they  handled  the  situation;  and  if  they  could  have 
handled  it  differently. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  ME:  The  New  Model  High  School  Teachers 
Manual  (Lakewood  City  Public  School  System:  1470  Warren  Road, 
Lakewood,  Ohio,  1973) ,  pp.  145-146. 


-174- 


RESPONSIBILITY  - 
TAKING  OWNERSHIP  OF  ONE'S 
FEELINGS  AND  ACTIONS 


As  used  by  people  today,  the  word  "responsibility"  has 
several  meanings.   One  is  illustrated  in  this  dialogue.   An 
employer  asked  a  prospective  employee  if  he  was  a  good  worker. 
The  man  answered,  "Yes,  sir.   Why,  on  my  last  job,  every  time 
something  bad  happened,  they  said  I  was  responsible!"   Another 
meaning  is  illustrated  in  these  statements:   A  responsible  person 
never  drives  without  his  driver's  license.   Always  turn  out  the 
light  when  you  are  the  last  person  to  leave  a  room. 

However,  the  word  "responsibility"  as  used  in  this  activity 
has  a  quite  different  meaning.   It  means  taking  ov/nership  for 
one's  own  feelings  and  actions.   When  you  exclaim,  "You  make 
me  so  mad!"  you  are  failing  to  acknowledge  that  you  chose  to 
be  angry.   By  refusing  to  accept  ownership  for  your  feeling, 
you  contribute  to  your  sense  of  helplessness. 

Instead  of  being  made  angry,  you  have  made  yourself  angry. 
To  a  greater  extent  than  is  generally  recognized,  a  person  has 
the  freedom  to  select  the  feeling  and  the  action  with  which  he 
responds  to  another's  behavior.  Suppose  someone  tries  to  provoke 
you  into  a  fight  by  insulting  you  in  front  of  others.  You  can 
choose  to  get  angry,  you  can  make  fun  of  the  insult,  or  you  can 
ignore  both  the  person  and  the  insult. 

What  does  this  discussion  about  responsibility  (response- 
ability)  have  to  do  with  one's  behavior?   One  who  takes  owner- 
ship of  his  actions  and  feelings  is  in  a  position  to  not  only 
change  or  control  his  feelings,  but  to  change  the  situation 
as  well.   This  person  is  no  longer  helpless  or  acted  upon. 
His  behavior  is  no  longer  determined  by  others.   He  becomes 
increasingly  self-guided,  selecting  the  responses  that  will 
be  of  the  most  benefit  to  both  himself  and  others. 


-175- 


I 

H 

I 


Here  is  a  fictional  example  of  a  typical  household  argument: 

Teenager:       Can  I  have  the  car  tonight,  Mom? 

Mother:  Where  are  you  going? 

Teenager:  Oh,  wow!  Do  we'have  to  go  through  that  third-degree 
stuff  every  time  I  ask  for  the  car?  You're  always 
making  me  feel  like  a  kid.  (Putting  his  feelings  onto 
her.) 

Parent:  You  don't  have  to  antagonize  me.  I  merely  asked 

because  I  like  to  know  where  you  are  and,  after  all, 
it's  my  car.  (She  chooses  to  feel  antagonized.) 

Teenager:  You  and  your  precious  car  tee  me  off.  I'll  get  a  ride 
with  someone  else.  (He  chooses  to  be  teed  off.) 

The  above  argument  is  a  typical  stalemate.  But  what  if  the 
participants  take  ownership  of  their  feelings,  which  is  a  change  in 
their  responses?  The  dialogue  might  go  something  like  this: 

Teem  ger:       Can  I  have  the  car  tonight,  Mom? 

Parent:  Where  are  you  going? 

Teenager:  I'll  gladly  tell  you,  but  I  want  you  to  know  I  feel  you 
don't  trust  me  when  you  ask  that  all  the  time.  (By 
stating  his  feeling  responsibly,  he  makes  it  impossi- 
ble for  her  to  say:  "You  don't  have  to  antagonize 
me.  ) 

Parent:  It's  not  that  I  don't  trust  you.  I  ask  because  I  care 

about  you  and  whereyougo.  And,  by  the  way,  it  is  my 
car. 

Teenager:  That's  another  thing.  I  feel  you  care  more  about  what 
happens  to  the  car  than  about  me.  I'm  only  going  to 
the  library,  anyhow. 

Parent:  I  didn't  know  you  felt  that  way,  but  you're  wrong.  Of 

course  I'd  be  inconvenienced  if  anything  happened 
to  the  car,  but  I'd  be  devastated  if  anything  happen- 
ed to  you. 

Teenager:  Mom,  I  appreciate  your  concern,  but  I'm  a  good 
driver. 

Parent:  I  know  you  are,  but  I  worry  anyhow.  I  guess  knowing 

where  you  are  helps  me  worry  a  little  less. 


Teenager:       I  see  that,  I  guess.  Well,  can  I  have  it? 

Parent:  Yes,  if  you're  going  to  the  library.  What  time  will  you 

be  home? 

WATCH  OUT!  HERE  GOES  ROUND  2  IP"  YOU'RE  NOT 
CAREFUL! 

Teenager:  (Decides  to  play  it  straight)  It  closes  at  9:30,  but  I'd 
like  to  stop  off  at  Frank's,  so  I  probably  won't  be  back 
before  11. 

Parent:  All  right,  but  try  to  stick  to  that.  I'll  be  frantic  if  it's 

midnight  and  no  you. 

Teenager:  I  understand  that,  Mom,  and  thanks.  I'll  try  my  best 
to  get  in  by  11. 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  feelings  toward  making  choices. 
Clarification  of  factors  that  affect  what 
decisions  are  made. 

CHOICES 

This  activity  could  help  students  understand  the  decisions 
they  make  by  exploring  the  motivation  behind  their  actions. 

ACTIVITY: 

Have  the  class  stand  in  a  circle  and  look  around  the  room  at 
their  classmates.   Have  them  pick  out  one  person  they  would  like 
to  know  better.   At  a  signal  from  you,  their  task  will  be  to  go 
over  to  the  person  of  their  choice  and  nonverbally  show  that 
person  how  they  feel.   Often  no  one  will  move  initially.   If  this 
occurs  you  may  wait,  or  you  might  encourage  them  further  by  saying, 
"you  mean  no  one  here  wants  to  know  anyone  better."   This  may  be 
met  with  a  display  of  discomfort  or  laughter,  and  at  this  point 
it  is  best  to  investigate  what  the  students  were  feeling  by 
discussing  their  objections  to  moving.   Even  if  no  one  in  the 
class  responds  to  the  initial  experiment,  reactions  are  taking 
place  within  the  person.   Some  members  may  be  confused  about  who 
they  would  choose  or  how  they  would  show  their  feelings  and  there- 
fore might  not  be  able  to  make  a  decision.   They  may  have  thought 
it  over  and  decided  to  do  nothing.   Some  people  might  have  hoped 
that  someone  would  make  the  decision  to  come  over  to  them, 
relieving  them  of  having  to  initiate  the  action. 

Questions  may  be  raised  for  classes  that  will  help  students 
tie  in  their  experiences  to  making  choices.   The  following  is 
one  way  that  this  can  be  explored: 

1.  What  were  your  feelings:   when  you  were  told  what  the 
initial  task  would  be;  while  you  were  moving  or  antici- 
pating someone  else's  move;  after  the  task  was  completed? 

2.  How  did  you  decide:  a) who  you  would  like  to  know  better; 
b) how  you  would  show  that  person  how  you  feel;  c) whether 
or  not  you  would  act  on  your  feeling? 

3.  Outside  life  experiences  in  the  classroom:  (recommended 
for  small  groups) 

*Under  what  other  circumstances  have  you  experiences 
similar  feelings  t  o  those  you  felt  here  today? 

*What  decisions  did  you  make  under  those  circumstances? 

*What  correlations  can  you  make  that  will  help  you 
understand  the  patterns  of  your  choices? 

*What  other  alternatives  do  you  believe  are  open  to  you? 

USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Teper-Singer ,  Lynn;  "Choices",  Health 
Education,  Nov/Dec,  19  75,  Vol.  6,  #6,  p.  36. 

-177- 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  own  beliefs  of  what  is  responsible/ 
irresponsible  drinking  behavior. 


RESPONSIBLE  OR  IRRESPONSIBLE 

The  following  activity  will  give  students  an  opportunity 
to  clarify  their  own  beliefs  about  what  type  of  drinking  is 
considered  responsible. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.   In  conjunction  with  the  activities  on  responsible  vs. 
irresponsible  drinking  behavior  given  in  the  education 
section,  do  the  following.   Hand  out  copies  of  the 
hypothetical  drinking  situations  on  the  following 
pages.   Tell  the  students  to  decide  what  situations  are 
examples  of  responsible  drinking  behavior  and  why  they 
think  so.   Have  them  publicly  affirm  their  beliefs  by 
sharing  them  with  the  rest  of  the  class. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "Hypothetical  Drinking  Situations"  Montana 
Alcohol  &  Drug  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teachers  Guide  for 
Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12,  (Helena,  Mt . ,  High  School, 
1979) ,  pp.  25-30. 

-178- 


Read  the  following  situations.   Check  in  the  appropriate  space 
whether  you  think  the  decision  about  drinking  described  in  the 
situation  is  responsible  or  irresponsible.   Then  explain 
briefly  why  you  answered  as  you  did. 


THE  SLUMBER  PARTY 


1. 


Ann  is  spending  the  night  at  Cathy's  house.   Cathy  is  17, 
and  her  parents  are  away  for  the  week-end.   Ann  notices 
the  well-stocked  liquor  bar  and  suggested  that  they  make 
themselves  a  drink. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


2.   Cathy  refused,  knowing  that  her  parents  would  not  approve, 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 


Ann  begins  to  tease  Cathy  about  being  a  coward  and  even 
offers  to  take  the  blame  if  they  are  caught. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


4.   Cathy  pours  a  drink  for  Ann  but  not  for  herself. 

Responsible  Irresponsible 

Why? 


-179- 


Read  the  following  situations.   Check  in  the  appropriate  space 
Whether  you  think  the  decision  about  drinking  described  in  the 
situation  is  responsible  or  irresponsible.   Then  explain 
briefly  why  you  answered,  as  you  did. 


SATURDAY  AFTERNOON  FOOTBALL  GAME 

Robert,  who  is  16,  is  watching  a  football  game  on  TV  with 
his  father.   During  a  commercial  his  father  goes  to  the 
kitchen  for  a  beer  and  asks  Robert  if  he'd  like  one,  too. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


2.   Robert  says  yes  and  drinks  the  beer. 

Responsible  Irresponsible 

Why? 


3.   Robert's  best  friend,  Bill,  15,  comes  in  during  half-time. 
Robert's  father  offers  Bill  a  beer  which  Bill  accepts. 


Father 


Why? 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Bill 


Why'; 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


-180- 


Read  the  following  situations.   Check  in  the  appropriate  space 
whether  you  think  the  decision  about  drinking  described  in  the 
situation  is  responsible  or  irresponsible.   Then  explain 
briefly  why  you  answered  as  you  did. 


THE  OLDER  BROTHER 

Mark,  who  is  16,  asks  his  older  brother,  Rick,  who  is  22, 
to  buy  a  case  of  beer  for  him  and  his  friends. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why? 


Rick  agrees  to  buy  the  beer  on  the  condition  that  Mark 
doesn't  drive  after  drinking. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why? 

Mark  promises  not  to  drive, 

Responsible  

Why? 

Rick  buys  a  beer. 

Responsible  

Why? 


Irresponsible 


Irresponsible 


Mark  drives  home  that  night  from  his  buddy's  house  after 
drinking  3  beers,  disregarding  his  promise. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


-181- 


IKKESfbNSlBLE 


Read  the  following  situations.   Check  in  the  appropriate  space 
whether  you  think  the  decision  about  drinking  described  in  the 
situation  is  responsible  or  irresponsible.   Then  explain 
briefly  why  you  answered  as  you  did. 

AN  EVENING  WITH  THE  JOHNSONS 

1.   It  is  Friday  evening  and  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Johnson  relax  by  drinking 
a  cocktail  at  home  before  dinner. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


Larry,  who  is  sixteen  years  old,  enters  the  living  room  and 
asks  his  father  for  a  sip  of  his  cocktail.   His  father  hands 
him  the  glass  and  Larry  takes  a  drink. 


Larry 
Why? 
Father 
Why? 


Responsible 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 
Irresponsible 


4. 


Larry,  his  father,  mother  and  17  year-old  sister,  Jenny,  begin 
eating  dinner.   During  the  meal  both  Larry  and  Jenny  drink 
two  glasses  of  wine. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


After  dinner  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Johnson  go  next  door  to  their 
neighbor's  for  a  beer. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why": 


Mrs.  Johnson  continues  to  drink  one  beer  after  another  until 
she  becomes  loud  and  begins  shouting  at  Mr.  Johnson.   She  leaves 
the  neighbor's  house  abruptly,  staggers  home  and  falls  asleep 
in  the  bedroom  with  all  her  clothes  on. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


-182- 


Read  the  following  situations.   Check  the  appropriate  space  whether 
you  think  the  decision  about  drinking  described  in  the  situation 
is  responsible  or  irresponsible.   Then  explain  briefly  why  you 
answered  as  you  did. 


THE  WEDDING  RECEPTION 

Eric,  20  years  old,  invites  Jean  who  is  18  to  his  sister's 
v/edding.  The  groom's  father  proposed  a  toast  to  the  happy 
couple  with  a  glass  of  champagne. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why? 


Eric's  15  year-old  sister,  Debbie,  is  poured  a  glass  of 
champagne,  and  she  drinks  it. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why: 


For  the  wedding  reception  there  are  two  kinds  of  punch  - 

one  with  liquor  and  one  without,  but  they  both  look  the  same, 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

Aunt  Dorothy  does  not  drink  alcoholic  beverages.   Eric,  as 
a  joke,  serves  her  a  cup  of  the  punch  that  contains  alcohol, 
and  Aunt  Dorothy  drinks  it. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why' 


Miss  Coleman  who  sang  during  the  wedding  ceremony  is  getting 
"high"  on  the  punch  that  contains  alcohol. 


Responsible 


Irresponsible 


Why? 


•183- 


THE  WEDDING  RECEPTION  (Continued) 

6.  Paul  Benson,  the  best  man,  has  had  more  cups  of  the  punch  con- 
taining alcohol  than  he  can  count.   He  is  getting  loud  with 
his  funny  jokes  and  spilling  cake  crumbs  on  the  carpet.   He 
asks  Debbie  to  bring  him  another  cup  of  punch. 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

7.  Debbie  gets  him  another  cup  of  punch. 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

8.  Eric  appears  sober,  although  Jean  knows  that  he's  had  four 
cups  of  the  punch  containing  alcohol  within  the  past  hour 
and  one-half.   He  had  to  drive  her  home.   He  asks  her  to 
pour  him  one  more  cup  "for  the  road." 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

THE  KEGGER 

1.  Rick  and  Heather,  both  18,  decide  to  go  to  the  Friday  evening  kegger, 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

2.  Rick  drinks  beer,  while  Heather  opts  for  a  soft  drink. 

Rick      Responsible  Irresponsible  

Heather    Responsible  _____        Irresponsible 

Why? 

Why? 

3.  Feeling  that  Rick  has  had  a  little  too  much,  Heather  offers 
to  drive  him  home. 

Responsible  Irresponsible  

Why? 

4.  Not   wanting   anyone    else   to    drive    his    car,    Rick    refuses. 

Responsible   Irresponsible   _____ 

Why? 


•184- 


Key  Concept:   Clarification  of  values  and  improvement  of 

decision-making  skills  through  role  playing. 


DRINKING  SITUATIONS 

Role  playing  gives  students  an  opportunity  to  practice 
values  clarification  and  decision-making  skills. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.   Divide  the  class  into  small  groups.   Hand  out  a  copy 
of  "Role  Profiles"  to  each  group.   As  a  group,  have 
them  select  one  role  play  and  present  it  to  the  class. 
Those  watching  should  look  for  alternative  ways  of 
handling  the  situation.   Those  presenting  the  role 
play  should  be  able  to  identify  their  values  which 
encouraged  them  to  make  the  decisions  that  they  did. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "Role  Profiles",  Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Division, 
State  of  Montana  Teachers  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  High  School,  1979),  pp.  33-35. 


-185- 


ROLE  PROFILES 


Non-  or  Social  Drinker  -  Louis 

You  are  15  years  old  and  sometimes  go  out  with  your  three  best 
friends,  Sam,  John  and  Bob  when  they've  had  an  older  brother 
buy  you  all  some  beer.   Usually  someone's  parents  are  out  and 
you  go  over  to  his  house  and  drink.   Your  friends  get  pretty 
high  and  sometimes  drunk.   You  try  to  drink  as  little  as 
possible  but  they  keep  pressing  you  to  drink  more.   If  your 
parents  catch  you,  you'll  be  grounded  for  weeks,  and  anyway 
you  don't  really  like  alcohol.   But  these  are  your  closest  friends 

You're  now  at  a  house  drinking,  but  you've  so  far  only  had 
half  a  beer.   How  will  you  respond  to  your  friends'  efforts 
to  get  you  to  drink  more? 

Friends  -  3  (Sam,  John,  Bob) 

You  and  your  three  other  friends  form  a  close  group  and  you  all 
like  to  go  drinking  sometimes  when  you  can  get  some  beer  and 
a  vacant  house.   But  Louis  tried  to  drink  as  little  as  possible 
and  acts  chicken  whenever  the  rest  of  you  drink  (though  he's 
a  great  kid  in  every  other  way) .   It  spoils  your  fun  to  have 
one  of  you  sober. 

You're  now  at  a  house  drinking  and  he's  already  drinking  hardly 
at  all.   What  will  you  say  to  him  to  get  him  to  drink  with  you 
and  have  some  fun  and  not  spoil  it  for  you? 

****** 

Social  Drinker  -  Marsha 

You've  been  going  with  George  whom  you  really  like.   He  drinks 
(which  is  OK)  but  he  objects  to  your  drinking  at  parties.   He 
feels  "nice"  girls  don't  drink  and  he  and  you  keep  getting 
into  fights  over  it.   You  like  to  relax  with  a  beer  or  two  at 
parties . 

You're  at  a  party  now  and  he's  starting  to  complain  about 
your  drinking.   How  will  you  respond? 

George 

You  don't  like  the  idea  of  girls'  drinking  because  it  presents 
a  lousy  image.   Your  girl,  Marsha,  whom  you  really  like  in 
all  other  respects,  is  on  her  second  beer  already  at  this 
party.   She  doesn't  usually  have  more  than  two  or  three  and 
usually  stays  sober.   Still,  you  think  it  looks  cheap.   You 
want  her  to  stop.   What  will  you  say? 

****** 


-186- 


Non-  or  Social  Drinker  -  Fred 

You  are  the  star  linebacker  on  your  high  school  football  team 
and  after  every  game  there's  a  party  at  someone's  house  with 
a  lot  of  drinking.   You  don't  like  the  taste  of  alcohol  and  you 
get  a  lot  of  razzing  from  the  guys  and  girls  at  the  parties 
and  sometimes  on  the  field  for  not  drinking.   You're  sensitive 
about  it  and  it  affects  your  playing  ability  because  you  get 
self-conconscious  and  feel  you  have  to  be  twice  as  good  as 
anyone  else  to  make  up  for  not  drinking. 

You're  now  at  the  party  and  being  pressured  to  drink  by  your 
teammates  and  some  of  the  girls.   How  will  you  respond? 
You've  been  drinking  nothing  but  Coke  and  7-Up. 

Friends  -  6 

You  are  at  a  party  with  Fred  after  a  Saturday  football  game. 
As  usual,  he's  drinking  7-Up  and  Coke.   He  sure  is  weird 
about  alcohol,  and  you're  going  to  tease  and  razz  him  until 
he  drinks  like  the  rest  of  you.   What  will  you  say  to  him? 

****** 


Non  -  or  Social  Drinker  -  Ann 

You  have  gone  to  the  movies  on  this  Saturday  afternoon  with  three 
friends,  Carol,  Joyce  and  Cheryl.   On  the  way  home  you  run  into 
one  of  their  older  brothers  who  has  a  case  of  beer  in   his  car. 
He  gives  his  younger  sister  (your  friend)  a  six  pack  and  tells 
you  all  to  "have  a  blast  -  it's  about  time  you  found  out  what 
life's  all  about."   Your  friends  think  this  is  a  great  chance, 
and  you  all  go  off  to  the  park  behind  the  bushes  to  drink. 
You  don't  want  to  drink,  however,  but  your  friends  are  all 
starting  to  open  the  beer.   What  do  you  do  now? 

Friends  -  3  (Joyce,  Cheryl,  Carol) 

You  have  gone  to  the  movies  on  this  Saturday  afternoon  with 
three  friends.   On  the  way  home  you  run  into  one  of  their  older 
brothers  who  has  a  case  of  beer  in  his  car.   He  gives  his 
younger  sister  (your  friend)  a  six  pack  and  tells  you  all  to 
"have  a  blast  -  it's  about  time  you  found  out  what  life's  all 
about".   You  think  this  is  a  great  idea,  but  Ann  doesn't  seem 
to.   In  fact,  now  you're  all  in  the  park  opening  the  cans  and 
she  hasn't  picked  up  one.   You  don't  want  her  to  miss  the  fun 
or  spoil  it  for  the  rest  of  you.   How  will  you  try  to 
persuade  her  to  drink? 

****** 


-187- 


Tim 

You  are  16  years  old  and  at  a  party  with  2  5  friends.   You've 
been  going  with  Carey,  your  present  date,  for  5  months.   She 
has  a  habit  of  drinking  too  much  at  parties  and  then  going 
around  flirting  with  other  guys.   She's  already  had  two  beers 
and  has  just  opened  a  third.   What,  if  anything,  do  you  do? 
(You've  had  two  beers,  too,  but  you  can  hold  your  liquor) . 

Excessive  Drinker  -  Carey 

You  are  16  years  old  and  at  a  party  with  25  friends.   You  have 
been  dating  Tim  for  about  5  months.   You  like   to  get  "high" 
at  these  parties  because  you  feel  less  shy  with  other  people 
and  it  just  makes  you  happy  -  and  you  don't  mind  making  your 
boyfriend  a  little  jealous  by  flirting  with  another  guy  or  two. 
You're  on  your  third  beer  now. 

****** 

Ami 

You  are  16  years  old  and  at  a  party  with  14  friends.   You've 
been  dating  Terry  for  3  months,  and  he's  never  had  more  than 
two  drinks.   But  tonight  he's  already  on  his  fourth  and  starting 
to  get  loud  and  pushy.   What,  if  anything,  do  you  do? 

Excessive  Drinker  -  Terry 

You  are  17  years  old  and  at  a  party  with  14  friends.   You've 
been  dating  Ami  for  3  months.   Tonight  you  feel  especially 
good  and  you're  on  your  fourth  beer.   Usually  you  have  only 
two  and  hardly  ever  get  drunk.   You're  sure  you  can  hold  your 
liquor. 

****** 

Linda 

You  are  having  dinner  in  a  swank  restaurant  with  Bob,  your 
fiance.   He  had  two  cocktails  before  the  meal  and  now  he's 
on  his  second  glass  of  wine.   Neither  of  you  have  had  anything 
to  eat  since  breakfast,  so  he's  getting  very  loud  and 
attracting  some  attention  from  the  waiters  and  other  patrons. 
He  likes  to  get  "high"  sometimes  at  parties,  but  this  is  the 
first  time  it's  happened  with  you  in  a  restaurant.   What  will 
you  say? 

Excessive  Drinker  -  Bob 

You  are  having  dinner  in  a  swank  restaurant  with  Linda,  your 

fiancee.   You've  had  two  cocktails  and  have  been  drinking  from 

a  bottle  of  wine.   Since  you  had  little  to  eat  all  day,  you 

feel  rosy  and  cheerful  from  the  alcohol  and  you  figure  a  few 

more  glasses  of  wine  will  make  you  feel  really  great.   You 

don't  care  what  people  think;  you're  paying  a  fortune  for  this  meal 

****** 

-188- 


Key  Concept:    Clarification  of  values  about  alcohol  use  by- 
looking  at  history. 


TAKING  A  STAND 
ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Have  the  students  read  the  following  article  called 
"History  of  Alcohol  Use".   Break  the  class  into  three 
groups  to  hold  a  debate  on  alcohol  use  and  abuse. 
Following  are  the  three  areas  of  debate: 

For  Prohibition 

For  Moderation 

For  NO  Restrictions  -  Personal  Freedom  Concept 

2.  Have  each  group  research  their  topics  thoroughly.   Some 
possible  areas  to  research  include  the  following: 

-  State  and  Federal  Laws:   Should  they  be  changed? 

-  Taxes  on  Alcohol  and  their  effects  on  economics. 

-  World  statistics  on  which  countries  have  the 
highest  percentage  of  alcoholics. 

Possible  resources  for  students  to  use  include  the 
following: 

-  Justice  Department 

-  Library 

-  Local  Distilleries 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "History",  Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division, 
State  of  Montana  Teacher's  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:  Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  Mt. ,  1979),  pp.  17-22. 

-189- 


IV.       HISTORY 


A.  THE  BEGINNING 

There  are  many  stories  about  how  alcohol  was  first  dis- 
covered by  man.   No  one  really  knows  when  the  discovery 
was  actually  made.   We  do  know,  however,  that  alcohol  existed 
on  earth  long  before  people  were  here  to  decide  whether  to 
use  it  or  not.   Alcohol  can  form  naturally.   All  it  takes 
is  sugar,  water,  and  yeast.    These  ingredients  were 
available  on  earth  over  two  hundred  million  years  ago. 

The  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  by  humans  has  been  recorded 
from  as  early  as  the  Neolithic  period,  which  began  at  least 
ten  thousand  years  ago.   Scientists  speculate  that  someone 
left  an  unused  portion  of  wild  berry  juice  or  mash  in  an 
uncovered  bowl  and  went  hunting.   Meanwhile,  yeast  fell 
from  the  air  into  the  juice  and  acted  on  the  natural  sugar 
to  form  alcohol.   The  berry  juice  fermented  into  wine. 
When  the  hunters  returned,  and  tasted  this  bowl  of  juice- 
turned-wine,  they  experienced  the  first  intake  of  alcohol 
in  the  history  of  the  human  race. 

The  point  of  this  story  is  simply  that,  as  far  as  we  can 
determine,  alcohol  has  been  with  us  for  a  long,  long  time. 
Fermentation  is  a  simple  and  entirely  natural  process 
and  was  probably  the  earliest  known  method  of  producing  alcohol 

B.  EARLY  CIVILIZATION 

As  civilization  developed  so  did  the  making  of  various  forms 
of  alcoholic  beverages.   The  making  of  the  beverage  alcohol 
held  great  significance  in  these  early  societies. 

Fermented  beverage,  whether  grape  wine,  palm  wine,  or  one 
derived  from  whatever  the  land  might  furnish  (cereals, 
grains,  fruits,  or  flowers)  was  put  to  many  uses,  not  the 
least  of  which  was  as  a  dietary  adjuvant.   In  the  struggle 
for  survival,  men  learned  from  experience  that  these 
beverages  had  more  than  nutritional  value.   They  made  the 
water  more  potable,  as  well  as  safe;  they  were  effective 
medicines;  and  they  could  be  relied  upon  to  ensure  the 
tranquility  essential  to  a  state  of  well-being.   The  more 
intellectual  and  more  cultural  people  used  fermented  dietary 
beverages  with  temperance  and  moderation,  permitting 
themselves  more  liberal  digressions  only  as  prescribed  by 
tradition  and  religious  beliefs. 


-190- 


In  the  primitive  polytheistic  religions  of  early  civiliza- 
tions, wine  played  an  important  role — its  use  as  well  as 
its  abuse  being  rigidly  defined.   Wine  had  universal 
acceptance  in  libations,  some  civilizations  requiring 
natural  wine,  others  a  mixture  with  blood,  while  still 
others  permitted  the  addition  of  spices  and  aromatic 
substances.   In  fact,  so  strong  was  the  symbolism  of  wine 
that  it  retains  its  aura  of  romance  and  unfathomable 
mysticism  to  this  day. 

Aside  from  its  role  in  religion,  wine — or  any  other  fermented 
beverage — was  an  element  of  significance  on  all  festive 
occasions:   at  banquets  and  at  birth,  marriage,  and  death 
celebrations.   On  these  occasions,  too,   its  use  was 
carefully  prescribed.   In  the  symposium,  the  consumption 
of  wine  was  defined  by  a  tradition  which  required  strict 
adherence.   On  certain  occasions,  especially  in  the  religious 
festivals  and  often  in  celebration  of  a  military  victory, 
wine  was  used  to  the  point  of  excess. 

Another  important  use  of  fermented  beverages  was  in  medicine — 
mainly  for  its  intrinsic  values  as  a  diuretic,  a  tonic,  or 
as  a  sedative,  and  often  as  an  agent  to  carry  other  medicinal 
substances.   It  was  the  only  reliable  medicinal  menstruum 
available  to  the  ancients,  and  in  this  guise  it  has  persisted 
to  this  day,  at  times  with  stealth,  unfortunately.   Wine 
was  also  used  to  seal  agreements  and  as  a  form  of  currency 
for  paying  for  goods  and  services. 

Primitive  man,  there  can  be  no  doubt,  drank  hard,  but  the 
time,  the  place,  and  the  manner  of  his  drinking  seem  always 
to  have  been  rigidly  determined  by  custom.   In  almost  every 
instance  individuals  did  not  drink  alone. 

The  casual  use  of  alcohol,  like  the  individual  inebriate, 
is  a  product  of  civilization.   Drinking  places,  or  taverns, 
began  to  appear  as  early  as  the  Mesopotamian  civilization. 
As  this  casual  drinking  increased,  so  did  the  concern  about 
drinking  behavior.   Records  indicate  that  Mesopotamia 
had  regulations  for  the  operation  of  the  taverns.   There 
were  also  formalized  ways  of  dealing  with  intoxication. 

Various  forms  of  control  were  tried  in  these  early  civiliza- 
tions when  it  became  evident  that  some  people  would  drink 
to  excess  outside  of  the  accepted  times  and  places.   Most 
controls,  however,  still  fell  into  the  realm  of  moral  or 
social  sanctions.   Temperance  was  the  main  theme.   At 
this  point  in  history,  it  should  be  noted  that  temperance 
meant  moderation,  rather  than  abstinence.   China  recognized 
very  early  that  to  prohibit  the  use  of  alcohol  or  to  secure 
total  abstinence  from  the  use  of  it  was,  "...beyond  the 
power  of  even  sages." 


-191- 


C.  CHANGING  PATTERNS 

As  civilization  became  larger  and  more  complex,  alcohol 
consumption  patterns  began  to  change.   One  of  these  changes 
was  more  freedom  from  the  rigors  of  work.   Rome  was  an 
advanced  civilization  which  provided  an  environment  of 
relative  leisure,  orgy,  and  extravagance.   Wine  was  still 
used  in  festivals,  religious  rites,  and  for  medicinal 
purposes,  but  excessive  use  and  use  for  pure  personal 
satisfaction  became  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception. 

Another  change  occurred  as  a  result  of  advanced  technology. 
As  scientists  and  medical  researchers  explored  new  ways  to 
cure  human  ills,  it  was  only  inevitable  that  new  ways  would 
be  found  to  "improve"  wine.   Although  distillation  was 
probably  discovered  in  Western  Europe  by  this  method  around 
A.D.  800,  it  may  have  existed  centuries  earlier  among 
Arabs  and  Chinese.   It  was  around  the  end  of  the  thirteenth 
century  that  the  liquor  resulting  from  distillation  really 
gained  a  new  level  of  importance.   Arnaldus  de  Villanova, 
a  professor  of  medicine  at  the  University  of  Montpellier 
refined  the  process  of  distillation  and  proclaimed  his 
discovery  (aqua  vitae)  as  the  savior  of  mankind.   "It  was 
the  philosopher's  stone,  the  universal  panacea,  the  key 
to  everlasting  life." 

It  became  a  matter  of  time  before  other  forms  of  hard  liquor 
would  be  discovered.   As  man  learned  more  about  the  world 
around  him,  he  also  learned  more  about  making  alcohol. 
Distillation  brought  in  many  delectable  "liqueurs"  which 
were  flavored  by  the  fermented  fruit  juices  from  which 
they  were  obtained.   At  the  monasteries,  many  such  liqueurs 
were  developed  with  intricate  combinations  of  health-giving 
herbs,  in  a  further  effort  to  obtain  desired  medicinal  effect. 

D.  COLONIAL  AMERICA 

The  history  of  the  use  of  distilled  liquor  in  the  United 
States  begins  at  the  very  first  colonization  of  the  con- 
tinent of  North  America.   Most  authorities  agree  that 
none  of  the  Indians  north  of  Mexico  knew  distilled  alcoholic 
drinks  prior  to  the  arrival  of  Europeans  in  the  16th  and 
17th  century.   The  Puritans  who  settled  the  Massachusetts 
Bay  Colony  brought  with  them  attitudes  and  beliefs  from 
the  old  country  and  did  not  prohibit  drinking  but  punished 
severely,  with  'dunking'  or  flogging,  citizens  who  were 
found  to  be  inebriated,  particularly  on  the  Sabbath. 

Early  explorers  and  traders  commonly  offered  alcohol  to 

Indians  and  Eskimos  as  a  sign  of  friendship.   However,  as 

competition  for  furs  increased,  the  more  unscrupulous 

traders  found  that  the  desire  for  alcohol  led  some  Indians 

to  give  up  their  most  valuable  possessions  in  exchange  for  drinks. 


-192- 


By  1800,  alcoholic  beverages  had  become  a  basic  part  of  the 
economy  of  the  United  States.  In  1794,  the  individuals  who 
owned  the  distilleries  led  a  revolt  in  western  Pennsylvania 
(known  as  the  Whiskey  Rebellion)  when  the  government, 
during  the  second  administration  of  George  Washington, 
attempted  to  place  a  federal  excise  tax  on  whiskey  produced 
for  sale. 


E. 


Another  important  aspect  of  alcohol  pro- 
duction in  the  United  States  was  its  link 
with  the  slave  trade.   Before  the  Revolu- 
tion, New  England  merchants  bought  sugar 
from  the  French   sugar-producing  islands 
in  the  West  Indies.   They  converted  the 
sugar  to  rum  by  distillation  and  used  the 
rum  to  trade  for  slaves  on  the  African 
coast.   The  slaves  were  then  imported 
to  the  United  States  at  a  good  profit.   This  became  New 
England's  largest  and  most  profitable  industry.   This 
lucrative  'triangular  trade'  was  ended  when  the  British 
imposed  the  Sugar  Act,  which  forced  the  colonial  merchants 
to  trade  at  less  profit  with  the  British  West  Indies  sugar  growers, 

TEMPERANCE  MOVEMENT 


Along  with  the  acceptance  of  alcoholic  beverages  as  a  house- 
hold item  and  a  commodity  in  the  national  economy  came  a 
growing  suspicion  that  alcohol,  particularly  in  the  stronger 
distilled  forms,  rum  and  whiskey,  was  involved  in  some 
social,  health,  and  moral  problems.   As  had  occurred  in 
earlier  civilizations,  temperance  groups  were  formed  to 
convince  people  to  be  moderate  in  their  use  of  alcohol. 
The  early  groups  were  generally  religiously  affiliated  and 
were  dedicated  to  the  thesis  that  any  abuse  of  the  body 
was  sinful.   They  did  not  try  to  eliminate  the  use  of 
alcohol,  only  the  excessive  use  of  this  substance. 


In  the  18th  and  19th  century, 
advocated  for  all  Indians,  a 
total  abstention  from  alcohol 
began  to  require  pledges  aski 
use  of  all  alcoholic  beverage 
This  change  led  to  a  problem 
religious  implications  of  ale 
have  been  divided  ever  since, 
use  of  alcohol  is  wrong;  othe 
beverages  are  from  the  fruits 
basically  good  and  that  it  wa 
alcohol  which  was  evil. 


several  Indian  leaders 
return  to  the  old  ways,  including 

Other  temperance  groups 
ng  people  to  refrain  from  the 
s,  including  wine  and  beer, 
of  the  interpretation  of  the 
ohol  over  which  some  groups 

Some  sects  taught  that  any 
rs  taught  that  alcoholic 

of  nature  and  therefore 
s  the  abuse,  not  the  use,  of 


-193- 


One  possible  outcome  of  this  movement  came  in  1832,  when 
Congress  passed  the  first  general  statutory  prohibition  on 
liquor  traffic  based  on  the  constitutional  authority  of 
Congress  to  regulate  commerce  with  the  Indian  tribes. 
The  law,  expanded  over  the  years,  covered  sale,  gift,  trans- 
portation, and  possession  of  liquor  on  reservations  or  some- 
times adjoining  Indian  land,  without  regard  to  state  boundaries. 

Between  1874  and  1920  the  country  experienced  a  tremendous 
growth  in  the  temperance  (by  now,  the  prohibition)  movement. 
It  was  during  this  period  that  the  physiological  effects  of 
alcohol  were  being  questioned.   Many  kinds  of  experiments 
were  conducted  throughout  the  civilized  world  to  discover 
the  properties  of  alcohol.   These  findings  gave  further 
impetus  to  the  temperance  or  prohibition  movement  whose 
original  emphasis  had  been  essentially  religious.   A 
possible  outcome  of  this  movement  came  between  1882  and  1902, 
when  all  the  states  of  the  Union  passed  statutes  which 
required  education  about  alcohol  and  its  effects  to  be 
taught  in  the  schools. 

PROHIBITION 

The  culmination  of  the  temperance  movement  was  the  drive 
toward  legal  prohibition.   In  1874,  the  Women's  Christian 
Temperance  Union  was  founded  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  and  under 
the  leadership  of  Mary  H.  Hut  and  Frances  L.  Willard, 
worked  for  many  years  for  complete  prohibition.   Between 
1874  and  1919,  33  states  adopted  prohibition  of  some 
kind.   On  January  16,  1920,  the  18th  Amendment  to  the 
Constitution  was  declared  law,  and  177,000  saloons,  1,247 
breweries,  and  507  distilleries  in  the  United  States  were  closed. 

To  a  very  considerable  extent  the  Eighteenth 
Amendment  was  a  wartime  legacy.   It  was 
submitted  early  in  the  war  when  the  expan- 
sion of  national  powers  was  at  its  peak.   It 
was  regarded  by  many  who  voted  for  it  as  a 
war  measure  necessary  for  the  saving  of 
food  and  manpower.   It  was  ratified  hastily 
by  the  legislatures  of  three-fourths  of  the 
states  under  the  pressure  of  wartime  psychology,  which  tended 
to  identify  prohibition  and  patriotism,  and  without  opportunity 
in  any  instance  for  a  popular  referendum  on  the  subject. 
Furthermore,  the  amendment,  while  forbidding  the  manufacture, 
sale,  and  transportation  of  intoxicating  beverages,  conspicuously 
failed  to  brand  their  purchase  or  use  as  illegal.   Full  rati- 
fication was  achieved  by  January,  1919,  but  as  a  concession 
to  the  liquor  interest,  the  amendment  delayed  the  actual 
inauguration  of  prohibition  for  one  year.   Congress  and 
the  several  states  were  given  concurrent  responsibility 
for  enforcement,  by  the  Volstead  Act  of  1919.   The  states 
particularly  in  the  "wetter"  areas  left  to  the  national 
government  the  principal  task  of  enforcement. 


-194- 


By  the  time  Harding  became  President,  prohibition  had  been 
the  law  of  the  land  for  over  a  year,  and  the  difficulties  it 
entailed  were  painfully  apparent.   People  who  wished  to 
drink  had  no  notion  of  being  deprived  of  their  liquor. 
It  became  the  smart  thing  to  drink,  and  many  who  had  been 
temperate  in  their  habits  before  were  now  moved  to  imbibe 
freely  as  a  protest  against  the  legal  invasion  of  their 
'personal  liberty.1   Statistics  as  to  the  effect  of 
prohibition  on  liquor  consumption  and  drunkenness  were 
manufactured  freely  by  both  wets  and  drys.   These  statistics 
were  almost  entirely  worthless,  however,  since  they  had 
little  impact  on  either  sides'  thinking.   All  that  is  certain 
is  that  the  demand  for  liquor  still  existed  and  private 
enterprise,  although  in  this  instance  working  outside  the 
law,  showed  great  efficiency  in  meeting  the  consumer's 
demand.   The  sources  of  supply  included  liquor  manufactured 
for  medicinal  purposes,  importations  brought  in  by  rumrunners, 
revitalized  near  beer,  more  or  less  renovated  industrial 
alcohol,  unfermented  grape  juice  that  had  somehow  gathered 
potency,  and  the  produce  of  innumerable  stills  and  breweries. 
Bootleggers,  already  experienced  in  their  business  thanks 
to  prohibition  laws  in  some  twenty-six  states,  got  the 
liquor  around.   Inevitably  the  enormous  profits  from  this 
illicit  trade  led  to  fierce  competition,  in  which  the 
richer  and  more  ruthless  operators  triumphed.   Bootlegging 
became  big  business,  and  the  survival  of  the  fittest  left 
a  few  successful  entrepreneurs,  surrounded  by  their  private 
armies  in  complete  control. 

Even  before  the  Eighteenth  amendment  went  into  effect, 
antiprohibition  forces  began  to  form.   By  the  late  1920 's 
the  Association  Against  the  Prohibition  Amendment,  the 
Moderation  League,  and  other  antiprohibition  societies 
appeared.   State  referendums  and  Literary  Digest  polls 
revealed  that  these  opposition  organizations  were  at  least 
reflecting,  if  not  actually  creating,  a  steadily  growing 
sentiment  for  repeal  of  the  18th  Amendment. 

As  President,  Hoover   had  to  face  up  to  the  pledges  he 
had  made  during  the  192  8  campaign.   One  of  them,  stated 
in  his  acceptance  speech,  had  called  for  a  'searching 
investigation'  of  the  prohibition  situation,  both  as  a 
'fact  and  cause.'   The  eleven-member  Commission  on  Law 
Enforcement  and  Observance,  which  he  appointed  late  in 
May,  1929,  left  few  aspects  of  the  subject  unstudied.   In 
its  final  report,  submitted  January  20,  1931,  the  Commission 
branded  prohibition  enforcement  as  a  failure ,  noted  the 
increase  in  corruption  that  had  accompanied  it,  deplored 
its  undermining  of  lav/  enforcement  generally,  and  regarded 
with  alarm  its  demoralizing  effect  on  the  federal  judicial 
system.   Two  commissioners  favored  immediate  repeal,  and 
seven  favored  revision  with  the  ultimate  goal  of  national 
and  state  controls.   The  report,  whatever  its  authors  meant 
to  recommend,  revealed  fully  the  existing  discontent  with 
prohibition  and  the  need  for  decisive  action. 

-195- 


Just  as  the  Eighteenth  Amendment  was  the  child  of  the  First 
World  War,  so  its  repeal  was  the  child  of  the  Great  Depression. 

In  prosperous  times  the  voters  could  tolerate  the  inefficiency 
of  prohibition,  make  jokes  about  it,  and  let  it  ride.   But 
with  the  advent  of  depression  its  every  fault  was  magnified, 
and  the  best  jokes  turned  stale.   Hoover  did  what  he  could 
to  enforce  prohibition.   He  reorganized  and  enlarged  the 
Prohibition  Bureau,  transferred  it  to  the  Department  of 
Justice,  and  placed  its  personnel  under  civil  service.   But 
federal  enforcement  without  state  and  local  support  was 
still  a  failure.   In  those  localities,  mostly  rural, 
where  public  sentiment  favored  the  law  and  supported 
enforcement,  it  was  enforced;  elsewhere  it  was  the  same 
old  false  pretense  as  under  Harding  and  Coolidge.   Event- 
ually Hoover,  who  hated  the  saloon  and  deplored  intemperance 
as  much  as  anyone,  made  up  his  mind  that  the  Eighteenth 
Amendment  would  have  to  go. 

Both  political  parties  took  anti-prohibi- 
tion stands  in  the  19  32  presidential 
election  campaign.   Roosevelt  spoke  out 
strongly  against  it.   Hoover's  reluctance 
in  making  his  decision  may  have  cost  him 
dearly.   Roosevelt  swept  into  office  in  a 
landslide.   The  National  Prohibition  party  polled  only  a  few 
thousand  votes.   In  February,  1933,  shortly  after  the 
Democrats  took  control  of  Congress,  a  resolution  proposing 
repeal  of  the  Eighteenth  Amendment  was  passed.   By  December  5 
of  the  same  year,  36  states  had  ratified  the  Twenty-First 
Amendment  and  Prohibition  was  ended. 

G.   ALCOHOL  USE  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  TODAY 

After  prohibition  it  became  necessary  for  the  states  to  set 
up  administrative  machinery  to  control  the  manufacture, 
sale,  and  distribution  of  alcoholic  beverages.   Twenty-nine 
states  have  developed  a  process  for  open  licensing.   This 
means  that  the  state  issues  licenses  to  private  firms  who 
sell  alcoholic  beverages.   Seventeen  states,  including 
Washington,  are  classified  as  monopoly  systems  because  they 
buy  and  sell  liquor  through  their  own  stores. 

Another  form  of  control  being  used  by  all  states  is  taxation. 
The  original  intent  was  to  make  liquor  expensive  enough  to 
keep  consumption  down.   There  seems  to  be  some  indication 
that  taxation  has  become  such  a  lucrative  source  of  govern- 
ment revenue  that  consumption  is  actually  being  encouraged 
so  that  revenue  will  not  decline. 

Our  heritage  of  customs  and  traditions  from  civilizations 
past  has  made  it  difficult  for  governmental  agencies  to 
control  alcohol  use  regardless  of  the  methods  used.   Today, 
because  alcohol  is  our  most  socially  acceptable  drug, 
people  tend  to  forget  that  it  is  also  our  most  widely  abused 
drug,  ranking  far  ahead  of  marijuana  as  one  of  this  country's 
major  social  problems. 

-196- 


■™-*°"i^,","-m,""""-~™~™""iT,iTr*  i    i  i  ii  T*T~TriniirwTinri 


It  has  been  estimated  that  there  are  approximately  ten 
million  alcoholics  in  this  country.   There  are  numerous 
costs  associated  with  alcoholism  and  problem  drinking  in 
this  country.   Some  examples  are: 

-  25  billion  dollars  spent  for  medical  expenses,  accidents, 
lost  working  days,  wrecked  lives  and  broken  families 

-  50  per  cent  of  the  fatalities  in  auto  accidents  are 
alcohol  related 

-  25  per  cent  of  the  falls,  burns,  and  other  accidents 
that  occur  in  the  home  and  in  hunting,  boating,  swimming, 
private  flying,  and  skiing  accidents  are  caused  by  use 

of  alcohol. 


-197- 


mHMMHMHHU&.V'. 


SELF-CONCEPT 
9-12 

A  main  reason  for  drinking  is  the  feelings  of  well-being 
one  gets  from  alcohol.   Development  of  a  positive  self-esteem 
without  the  use  of  alcohol  is  crucial  in  the  prevention  of 
alcohol  abuse.   The  process  of  developing  students'  self- 
esteem  include  activities  which  do  the  following  (It  Starts 
With  People,   p.  24) : 

1.  Help  students  recognize  and  accept  feelings. 

2.  Help  individuals  share  aspects  of  themselves  with  others 

3.  Help  students  accept  individual  differences. 


-198- 


Key  Concept:   Evaluation  of  self-concept, 


SELF-ESTEEM 

The  following  activities  will  help  students  identify  the 
major  factors  which  influence  self-concept. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Discuss  how  peer  pressure  can  influence  self-image 
and  behavior.   Explore  peer  influence  in  the  following 
areas. 

a.  keggars 

b.  drinking  at  school  functions 

c.  drinking  and  driving 

d.  mixing  alcohol  with  other  drugs 

2.  Develop  a  class  list  of  people  who  have  had  an  effect 
on  building  self-images  of  students. 

3.  Have  the  students  complete  the  "Self-Esteem  Evaluation" 
sheets.   Score  the  evaluation  in  the  following  way: 

a.  Total  all  ODD  statements. 

b.  Total  all  EVEN  statements. 

c.  Substract  EVEN  statements  from  ODD  statements. 

d.  A  perfect  score  would  be  39. 

4.  Discuss  setting  personal  goals  to  raise  self-esteem. 

a.  Try  to  raise  your  rating  on  ODD  numbered  statements 
which  were  rated  0  or  1. 

b.  Try  to  lower  your  rating  on  EVEN  numbered  state- 
ments which  were  rated  2  or  3 . 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Division,  State  of 
Montana  Teachers  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  Mt.,  High  School,  1979),  pp.  49,  51. 


•199- 


SELF-ESTEEM  EVALUATION 

Score  as  follows:      3  -  True 

2  -  Largely  true 

1  -  Somewhat  true 

0  -  Not  true 

STATEMENT  OF  PRESENT  CONDITION  OR  ACTION 

I  usually  do  my  own  thinking  and  make  by  own  decisions. 

I  often  justify  or  rationalize  my  mistakes  and  defeats. 

I  rarely  experience  envy,  jealousy,  or  suspicion. 

Losing  usually  causes  me  to  feel  "less  than." 

I  normally  let  others  be  "wrong"  without  attempting 
to  correct  them. 

I  am  very  concerned  about  what  others  think  of  me. 

I  am  free  of  guilt,  shame  and  remorse. 

I  feel  vulnerable  to  others'  opinions,  attitudes, 
and  comments. 

I  am  not  prejudiced  toward  religious,  racial  or 
ethnic  groups. 

I  tend  to  look  down  on  my  own  achievements  and  talents, 

I  willingly  accept  the  consequences  of  my  actions. 

I  often  exaggerate  and  lie  to  maintain  a  desired  image. 

I  normally  feel  warm  and  friendly  toward  all  people. 

I  usually  feel  inadequate  to  handle  a  new  or 
changing  situation. 

I  freely  express  love,  hostility,  joy,  anger. 

I  am  very  often  belittling  or  critical  of  others. 

I  am  normally  poised  and  comfortable  with  new  people. 

I  try  hard  to  please  people. 

I  speak  up  for  my  own  opinions  and  convictions. 

I  have  a  strong  need  for  recognition  and  approval. 

(continued) 


-200- 


POINTS 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

^■H^H^BHB^nBHrawaMHMHMMI^l^Hi^B^^^HaHHHHHBHBaB^HHi^^H^^H 


21.  I  normally  anticipate  new  endeavors  with  a  positive 

expectance  and  confidence. 

22.  I  often  brag  about  myself  and  my  achievements. 

2  3.   I  accept  my  own  authority  and  do  what  I  think  is  right. 

24.  I  am  often  embarrassed  by  the  actions  of  my  family 

or  associates. 

25.  I  accept  compliments  and  gifts  without  embarrassment. 


-201- 


Key  Concept:   Improvement  of  self-concept. 


LISTENING  TO  SELF 

The  following  activity  will  help  students  identify  a 
variety  of  ways  to  feel  good. 


ACTIVITY: 


Make  copies  of  "Listening  to  Myself"  worksheet  and 
give  a  copy  to  each  student  in  the  class.   Have  the 
students  list  on  the  worksheet  ten  activities  that  they 
really  love  to  do.   Mark  each  catagory  with  a  Yes  or  No, 

Discuss  the  answers  on  the  worksheet.   Ask  the 
following  questions. 

a.  What  influence  does  your  family  have  on  your 
feelings  towards  these  activities? 

b.  What  influence  do  your  peers  have  on  your 
feelings  towards  these  activities? 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Division,  State  of 
Montana  Teachers  Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  7-12, 
(Helena,  MT,  High  School,  1979),  pp.  46,  48. 

-202- 


— : — n rrrm 


o       <T\       cd       i>       <x>       m       *& .      ro       cn 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

LISTENING  TO  MYSELF 


.  THINGS  I  LOVE  TO  DO! 


Costs  $2  or  more  each  time 

Done  primarily  alone 

Done  primarily  with  others 

School  -  or  job-related 

Can  still  do  this  after  age  40 

Requires  good  health  to  do 

Done  when  I  am  already  happy 

Date  I  last  did  this  activity 

Activity  requires  alcohol  or 
other  drug  to  enjoy 

My  parents  do  this  activity 

My  parents  did  not  do  this  activity 

Done  primarily  when  I'm  depressed 


-203- 


Key  Concept:   Identification  of  personal  qualities. 

" — ING"  NAME  TAGS 

The  following  activities  offer  fun,  non-threatening  ways 
for  students  to  identify  personal  qualities  about  themselves. 

ACTIVITIES: 

1.  Give  each  student  a  large  5"  X  7"  index  card  or  piece  of 
paper  and  a  safety  or  straight  pin.   Ask  every  student  to 
write  his/her  first  name  with  crayon  or  marker  in  large 
letters  on  the  card  so  it  will  be  visible  across  the 
room.   Then  they  are  to  write  five  or  six  words  ending 

in  " — ing"  which  tell  something  about  who  they  are,  e.g., 
piano-playing,  reading,  fun-loving,  fighting,  baseballing, 
etc.   They  should  write  these  words  anywhere  on  their 
cards  on  the  same  side  as  their  names. 

2.  Ask  the  students  to  turn  their  cards  over  and  write  their 
names  again,  in  big  letters.   This  time  they  are  to  write 
five  or  six  words  that  report  specific  facts  or  statistics 
about  themselves.   They  might  write  their  addresses,  phone 
numbers,  height,  number  of  brothers  or  sisters,  last  names,  etc. 

3.  When  they  have  completed  both  sides,  ask  them  to  choose 
the  side  they  will  show  to  the  group.   The  students  then 
fasten  their  tags  to  their  clothes. 

4.  Ask  everyone  to  get  up  and  mill  about  the  room  in  random 
fashion,  reading  each  other's  name  tags,  looking  at 
clothes,  eyes,  faces,  shaking  hands,  and  asking  questions 
if  they  feel  like  it.   Ask  that  this  be  done  with  or 
without  words.   Of  course,  the  teacher  participates  too. 

5.  Variations: 

Instead  of  " — ing"  words,  other  stems  which  can  be  used 
are  as  follows: 

— able    (touchable,  reasonable,  breakable,  lovable, 

improvable) 
— ful     (beautiful,  trustful,  wasteful,  angerful,  spiteful) 
— ist     (optimist,  botanist,  cyclist,  realist,  specialist) 
— less    (careless,  penniless,  merciless,  hopeless, 

errorless) 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Life  Skills  for  Health:   Focus  on  Mental 
Health  4-6,  (Division  of  Health,  Safety,  and  Physical  Education, 
North  Carolina  Dept.  of  Public  Instruction,  Raleigh,  N.C.,  1974), 
pp.  7-8. 


-204- 


■■^Hi^^^^HI^Hi^HHHHHHHBHi^i^HHnHH 


Key  Concept:   Enhancement  of  self-concept  by  recognizing  and 

sharing  meaningful  information  about  one's  self. 

SHARING  BAGS 

In  many  classes  students  never   have  an  opportunity  to 
get  acquainted  with  their  classmates.   All  of  us  share  a  need 
for  meaningful  interpersonal  relationships.   However,  many 
times  creating  a  classroom  environment  conducive  to  positive 
interaction  is  awkward  and  difficult.   This  activity  could  be 
a  good  starting  point  for  teachers  who  seek  to  facilitate 
growth  in  interpersonal  relationships  among  students. 

ACTIVITY: 

1.  Distribute  paper  bags,  one  to  each  student.   Instruct 
the  students  to  select  decorations  from  material  scraps, 
magazines,  pictures,  etc.   Have  the  students  illustrate 
on  the  outside  of  the  bags  how  they  think  other  people 
see  them. 

2.  On  the  inside  of  the  bag,  have  students  illustrate  how 
they  see  themselves  --  how  they  really  are. 

3.  Upon  completion,  the  bags  may  be  shared  with  the  entire 
class,  with  a  small  group,  or  with  a  partner.   Following 
are  questions  which  may  be  asked  at  the  end  of  the  activity, 

a.  How  did  you  feel  when  sharing  your  creation? 

b.  What  are  some  of  the  ways  you  are  different  from 
the  ways  others  see  you? 

c.  How  accurately  do  you  think  you  perceive  yourself? 

d.  Do  you  feel  good  about  the  way  others  perceive  you, 
about  the  way  you  perceive  yourself? 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:  Beier,  Barbara,  "Enhancing  Positive  Self- 
Concept  Through  Creativity  in  the  Classroom, "  Health  Education, 
Vol.  12,  #2,  Mar/April,  1981,  p.  35. 


-205- 


nlconol  tJucation 

m  the 
Totdf  Curricufum 


INTRODUCTION 

• 

One  approach  in  teaching  alcohol  education  is  to  implement 

it  into  the  total  curriculum.   Listed  below  are  the  page 

numbers  of  activities  which  could  be  used  in  specific  subject 

areas. 

ART: 

Pages  27,  44,  45,  52,  58,  98,  116,  120,  205,  208 

HISTORY/GOVERNMENT : 

Pages  26,  30,  37,  54,  72,  98,  101,  147,  189,  210 

LANGUAGE  ARTS/ENGLISH: 

Pages  4,  6,  7,  9,  11,  12,  15,  18,  19,  20,  21,  25,  27, 
33,  34,  36,  40,  42,  47,  57,  59,  63,  65,  69,  70,  72, 
75,  77,  78,  80,  84,  86,  91,  93,  98,  100,  102,  104, 
109,  111,  113,  116,  118,  119,  123,  125,  136,  138, 
141,  144,  145,  147,  152,  154,  157,  172,  174,  177, 
178,  185,  199,  204,  205,  208,  209,  210 

MATH: 

Pages  33,  65,  70,  93,  110,  138,  141,  202,  209 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION/HEALTH: 

Pages  4,  5,  7,  18,  19,  23,  24,  28,  36,  37,  40,  47,  59, 
65,  69,  70,  75,  77,  84,  86,  91,  93,  101,  104,  109, 
113,  116,  118,  123,  125,  136,  138,  141,  144,  145,  147, 
154,  157,  177,  173,  199,  210,  212 

SCIENCE: 

Pages  5,  7,  23,  24,  28,  36,  47,  59,  65,  69,  70,  84,  86, 
91,  93,  101,  104,  109,  113,  116,  123,  125,  136,  138, 
141,  144,  145,  147,  154,  157,  177,  178,  199,  210 


-206- 


/Ktermtim 


INTRODUCTION 


People  use  alcohol  for  various  reasons.   One  main  reason 
is  to  experience  the  feelings  that  alcohol  provides.   In 
determining  alternatives  to  alcohol  use,  it  is  essential  to 
look  at  the  reasons  alcohol  is  used.   Following  is  a  list  of 
possible  reasons  people  use  alcohol: 

1 .  to  have  fun , 

2.  to  escape, 

3.  to  relax, 

4.  to  be  accepted  by  peers,  and 

5.  to  relieve  boredom. 

An  alternatives-approach  to  alcohol  use  should  focus  on 
activities  which  could  take  the  place  of  experiences  which 
alcohol  provides.   Alternatives  to  alcohol  must  make  people  feel 
good  about  themselves,  and  give  them  a  sense  of  accomplishment 
(Is  Beer  a  Four  Letter  Word,  p.  13) . 


-207- 


ALTERNATIVES:   ACTIVITY  #1 

The  following  activity  could  be  used  in  an  art  class  or  as 
an  after  school  project.   The  benefits  of  the  following  activity 
include  the  following:   a  relief  from  boredom,  a  social  time 
spent  with  peers,  a  fun  activity,  and  a  positive  sense  of 
accomplishment  by  being  able  to  help  others. 


JUNIOR  HIGH  ORIENTATION  BOOKLET 

Provide  the  students  with  two  or  three  examples  of  books 
which  describe  a  particular  concept  primarily  through  drawings. 
(Charles  Schultz '  Happiness  is  Walking  Hand  in  Hand  is  a  good 
example) .   Explain  to  your  students  that  they  have  an  opportunity 
to  help  with  the  orientation  of  next  year's  seventh  grade 
students  by  developing  a  booklet  which  will  be  duplicated  and 
distributed  to  students  who  are  currently  in  sixth  grade.   The 
purpose  of  this  booklet  would  be  to  help  the  new  students  under- 
stand what  junior  high  is  really  like.   List  situations  which 
reflect  the  realities  of  junior  high,  such  as  forgetting  your 
locker  combination;  being  late  to  class,  trying  to  make  friends 
in  a  new  social  group;  working  hard  on  homework;  deciding  whether 
or  not  to  smoke,  drink,  or  make-out  at  a  party.   As  individuals 
or  in  small  groups,  ask  students  to  design  and  create  pictures 
which  would  effectively  describe  to  incoming  students  what 
situations  await  them.   Drawings  might  also  suggest  positive 
ways  for  new  students  to  handle  those  situations.   As  the 
pages  develop,  allow  time  to  discuss  the  issues  involved, 
especially  those  which  relate  to  how  students  make  decisions 
about  their  behavior. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Activity  slightly  modified  from  NIAAA,  Saying  No 
Drug  Abuse  Prevention  Ideas  for  the  Classroom,  (U.S.  Government 
Printing  Office:   Washington,  D.C.,  1980),  p.  6. 


-208- 


ALTERNATIVES:   ACTIVITY  #2 


The  following  activity  could  be  used  in  conjunction  with 
a  school  newspaper  or  as  an  assignment  in  a  math  class.   The 
benefits  of  such  an  activity  include  a  social  time  spent  with 
peers,  a  relief  from  boredom,  and  an  opportunity  to  reflect 
on  individual  and  group  values. 


STUDENT  SURVEY 

Introduce  this  activity  by  asking  students  to  share  their 
knowledge  of  what  a  survey  is  and  does.   Provide  examples  of 
survey  questions  and  results  (perhaps  summaries  of  recent 
Gallup  or  Harris  polls) .   With  students,  brainstorm  a  list  of 
possible  topics  for  a  survey  of  student  behavior  or  attitudes. 
As  a  group,  select  an  appropriate  topic.   (Ideally,  it 
will  relate   in  some  way  to  peer  or  media  pressure  and  students' 
decisions  about  their  behavior) .   Depending  on  the  writing 
ability  of  your  students,  develop  a  questionnaire  as  a  group 
for  topics  to  be  covered  by  the  questions.   With  the  students, 
discuss  and  decide  on  sampling,  data  collection,  and  data 
analysis  techniques  -  making  sure  that  each  student  is  involved 
in  as  many  phases  of  the  survey  as  possible.   Once  the  data 
has  been  collected,  organized  into  tables,  charts,  or  graphs, 
ask  students  to  interpret  the  meaning  of  their  findings. 
These  interpretations  can  be  shared  with  other  students  through 
Student  Council,  the  student  newspaper,  or  a  special  report 
from  the  math  class  to  the  rest  of  the  student  body  and  the 
faculty.   Whenever  appropriate,   allow  time  for  students  to 
share  their  opinions,  ideas,  and  experiences  relating  to  the 
issues  pertinent  to  the  survey. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   Saying  No:   Drug  Abuse  Prevention  Ideas  For 
The  Classroom,   (U.S.  Government  Printing  Office:   Washington, 
D.C.  1980) ,  p.  12. 

-209- 


ALTERNATIVES:   ACTIVITY  #3 

The  greatest  benefit  of  the  following  activity  is  that 
it  provides  a  social  atmosphere  for  people  where  they  will 
not  be  harrassed  with  peer  pressure  to  use  alcohol.   Rather, 
the  peer  pressure  will  be  just  the  opposite. 

DRY  DISCO 

A  dry  disco  can  be  set  up  and  run  in  a  lot  of  ways.   It  is 
basically  a  place  where  teenagers  can  get  together  and  have  a 
good  time  -  legally  and  without  alcohol  -  at  night  and  on  week- 
ends.  Dancing  to  recorded  music  would  be  the  most  obvious 
activity  but  everything  from  rock  concerts  and  more  formal 
dances  to  table  tennis  contests  and  arm  wrestling  matches  could 
be  included.   The  only  limit  is  your  own  imagination. 

For  a  successful  dry  disco,  have  students  be  involved  in 
setting  it  up.  Following  is  a  list  of  ideas  to  give  students 
to  get  them  started. 

1.  Make  sure  you  have  the  support  of  your  own  group  and 
your  group  leaders.   This  would  mean  not  only  the  guys 
and  girls  working  with  you,  but  also  teachers,  the 
student  council,  your  school  principal,  church  leaders, 
YMCA/YWCA  staff,  and  leaders  of  youth-related  organ- 
izations.  This  is  not  to  say  that  you  have  to  have 
adult  backing  before  you  start  looking  for  financial 
support,  but  it  can  add  needed  credibility  and  show 
existing  support  for  the  disco  project. 

2.  While  teenagers  can  and  should  take  part  in  operating 
and  governing  a  dry  disco,  it  is  clear  that  some  adult 
or  organization  must  commit  time  and  money  to  the 
running  of  the  disco.   The  disco  is,  among  other  things, 
a  business.   Some  options  in  seeking  financial  support 
are: 

*  city,  town,  or  county  government,  probably 
the  recreation  department 

*  a  local  business  or  corporation 

*  the  Chamber  of  Commerce 
the  Jaycees  or  other  community  groups 


* 


Next,  you  and  your  new  business  partners  should  look 
for  an  appropriate  location  for  the  disco.   An  elaborate 
modern  building  is  not  needed  to  ensure  success,  and 
the  possibilities  are  endless:   the  basement  of  an  office 
building,  a  barn,  an  empty  store,  a  church  facility,  an 
existing  club.   As  long  as  there  is  room  for  a  beverage 
bar,  dance  floor,  some  tables,  and  maybe  a  game  area, 
virtually  any  location  will  do. 


-210- 


mrrnimifnMMiiiiiniiiiiiiorir""— ■ — 


The  ongoing  operation  of  the  dry  disco  can  be  handled 
through  a  board  of  directors  made  up  of  students  and 
owners.   The  key  point  is  this:   a  successful  disco 
needs  two  things:   good  managment  and  customers.   A 
real  partnership  between  students  and  owners  is 
crucial  to  a  dry  disco  making  it. 

Atmosphere,  decoration,  and  layout  are  most  important. 
Styles  could  range  from  Polynesian  to  futuristic.   No 
matter  what  style  is  chosen,  it  is  important  to  have 
an  atmosphere  which  will  be  comfortable  and  appealing 
to  your  customers. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   U.S.  Dept.  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare, 

Is  Beer  a  Four  Letter  Word?,  (Rockville,  Maryland,  1981)  ,  pp.  32-33 


-211- 


ALTERNATIVES:   ACTIVITY  #4 


POSITIVE  ADDICTIONS 

Alcoholism  is  classified  as  a  negative  addiction.   The 
purpose  in  looking  at  alternatives  to  alcohol  use  is  to  help 
people  find  positive  addictions.   Positive  addictions  are  ones 
which  facilitate  physical  and  psychological  health.   For 
example: 

Jogging  Needlepoint 

Meditation  Hang-gliding 

Cross-country  motorcycle  riding   White  water  rafting 

To  reap  the  benefits  of  positive  addictions,  they  must  be 
continuously  maintained  and  practiced.   The  benefits  of 
positive  addictions  include  relief  from  stress,  anxiety, 
depression,  and  anger  (Forrest,  1983) . 

Word  of  Caution:   Positive  addictions  can  be  taken  to  the  extreme, 
making  them  negative  addictions.  For  example,  a  jogger  can 
become  so  addicted  to  jogging  that  they  destroy  their  health 
by  overdoing  it  (Forrest,  1983)  . 


-212- 


HaumauHUBOMHuunnaMUB 


ALTERNATIVES:   ACTIVITY  #5 


PEER  AND  CROSS-AGE  COUNSELING 

Peer  and  cross-age  counseling  are  becoming  popular  alterna- 
tives to  alcohol  use.   Peer  and  cross-age  counseling  provide 
students  with  an  opportunity  to  assume  adult  roles,  become 
actively  involved  in  an  activity,  and  develop  positive  self- 
esteems  through  helping  others. 

CROSS-AGE  COUNSELING:  Junior  high  age  students  are  assigned 
to  elementary  students  to  help  tutor  children  who  are  having 
problems  in  school. 

PEER  COUNSELING:   The  emphasis  is  on  the  affective  domain 
rather  than  the  academic.   Peer  counseling  is  done  by 
training  students  to  lead  rap  sessions  with  younger 
students  or  students  of  the  same  age.   The  rap  sessions 
are  centered  around  topics  of  pertinent  issues  to  the 
students. 

The  following  are  group  leadership  skills  which  peer 
counselors  are  taught  to  help  them  facilitate  the  rap  session: 


HELPING/FACILITATIVE  RESPONSES 

Communicating  care 

Showing  support,  acceptance,  and 
understanding 

Listening  by  demonstrating  attentive 
behavior;  eye  contact,  "uh-huh", 
yes,  nodding 

Being  honest  and  open,  reporting  own 
feelings  when  appropriate 

Focusing  on  feelings,  labeling, 

restating,  paraphrasing,  reflecting 

Avoids  moralizing  and  rejecting, 
respecting  feelings  and  attitudes 

Offering  relevant  information 


Confronting  client  when  discrepancy 
is  perceived  between  feeling  and 
behavior  or  when  client  denies, 
avoids,  or  projects  responsibility 
for  feelings  or  behavior 


NONHELPING/NONFACILITATIVE  RESPONSES 

Giving  advice  —  "you  should" 
Ridiculing,  putting  down 

Responding  in  a  judgmental  way, 
developing  a  nonaccepting  climate 

Expressing  sympathy  or  feeling 
sorry  for  the  client 

Forming  quick  solutions  for  the 
client's  problem 

Asking  irrelevant  questions  for 
counselor's  benefit,  not  client's 

Talking  about  self  instead  of 
focusing  on  client 

Denying  a  client's  feeling;  missing 
the  point  of  client  concern 
or  responding  to  something 
other  than  what  he  is  commu- 
nicating; not  really  listening 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   It  Starts  With  People:  ■  Experiences  in  Drug 
Abuse  Prevention,  (Porter,  Novelli  &  Assoc.  Inc.:   Washington, 
D.C.  1978) ,  pp.  27-30. 


-213- 


Parent  Information 


INTRODUCTION 


Because  of  the  denial  system  which  is  so  strong  when  dealing 
with  teenage  problem  drinkers,  parents  are  often  the  last  to 
know,  or  acknowledge  that  there  is  a  problem.   Parents  need  to 
be  educated  of  ways  to  communicate  with  their  children  about 
drugs  and  what  can  be  done  if  there  is  a  problem.   The  following 
pages  could  be  copied  and  distributed  to  parents  as  a  means  of 
educating  them  about  alcohol  and  encouraging  them  to  educate 
their  children. 


-214- 


TALKING  TO  YOUR  TEENAGER 
ABOUT 
DRINKING  AND  DRIVING 

Following  are  three  reasons  why  parents  should  talk  to  their 
teenagers  about  drinking  and  driving: 

1.  Parents  have  both  a  legal  and  moral  responsibility 
as  well  as  a  desire  to  protect  the  lives  of  their 
children. 

2.  As  found  in  the  nationwide  survey  of  teenagers  conducted 
for  the  National  Highway  Traffic  Safety  Administration, 
teenagers  expect  and  want  their  parents  to  talk  about 
driving  and  drinking  with  them. 

3.  Each  situation,  each  adolescent,  and  each  set  of  parents 
is  different,  so  no  one  set  of  rules  fits  every  case. 
Parents  must  use  judgment  in  deciding  what  approach 
will  be  effective  with  their  own  children. 

Communication  is  the  key  to  talking  to  teenagers  about  drinking 
and  driving.   Parents  need  to  talk  to  their  children  and  vice  versa. 
Following  are  some  helpful  hints  on  how  to  talk  to  your  teenager 
on  this  sensitive  subject. 

1.  Honestly  explore  your  own  behavior  when  drinking  and 
driving  before  you  talk  with  your  teenager. 

2.  Be  honest  in  expressing  your  feelings  and  in  stating 
your  own  values  and  preferences.  Encourage  the  same 
from  your  son  or  daughter. 

3.  Be  calm,  firm  and  consistent.   Remember  that  you're  sharing 
information  about  drinking  and  driving.   Don't  put  your 
teenager  on  the  witness  stand  or  demand  a  confession. 

4.  Recognize  that  adolescents  are  not  able  to  control  all 
the  situations  they  find  themselves  in. 

5.  Tell  your  teenager  you  want  to  hear  what  he/she  has  to 
say  and  to  learn  what  he/she  knows  about  drinking  and 
driving.   Be   a  good  listener,  even  when  you  may  not  agree. 

6.  Keep  to  the  point.   No  matter  where  the  discussion  leads, 
and  no  matter  what  kind  of  reaction  you  may  get  or  may 
feel,  keep  forcefully  in  mind  that  this  discussion  con- 
cerns only  the  problem  of  drinking  and  driving  or  riding 
as  a  passenger  with  someone  who  has. 

7.  Emphasize  that  you  are  concerned  not  with  the  car,  but 
with  the  preciousness  of  your  teenager's  life. 

PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "How  to  Talk  to  Your  Teenager  About  Drinking 
and  Driving",  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation:   Washington, 
D.C.,  pamphlet,  October  1975. 


-215- 


""'—"""—"' 


EARLY  DRUG  ABUSE  INTERVENTION 

Early  intervention  to  a  suspected  drug  (alcohol)  problem 
is  important.   Intervention  works  best  when  it  is  practiced  early, 
before  the  continued  drug  use  increases  the  likelihood  of  permanent 
damage.   If  you  suspect  your  child  has  a  drug  problem,  act  quickly, 
but  act  calmly.   Following  are  some  suggestions  to  help  in  early 
drug  abuse  intervention. 

1.  Don't  Panic.   Many  young  people  experiment  v/ith  drugs  at 
some  time  in  their  lives;  most  will  not  become  dependent. 

2.  Try  to  Talk  With  Your  Children.   Find  out  as  much  as 
possible  about  the  situation. 

3.  Consult  Other  Parents.   Peer  pressure  in  the  drug  scene 
is  very  powerful.   A  group  of  parents  acting  together 
against  drug  use,  however,  can  break  up  that  pressure 
by  affecting  several  members  of  a  peer  group. 

4.  Send  away  for  a  free  pamphlet.   The  National  Institute 
on  Drug  Abuse  has  prepared  another  pamphlet  called 
Prevention  for  You  and  Your  Friends.   It  is  written  for 
young  people  and  it  tells  them  how  they  can  help  their 
friends  avoid  drug  abuse.   Or  send  away  for  This  Side  Up, 
a  valuable  source  book  for  young  people  faced  with  making 
decisions  about  drugs. 

5.  Be  Informed  About  School  and  Community  Programs,  in  case 

it  seems  wise  to  refer  children  for  counseling  or  other  help, 

6.  Be  Alert  To  Positive  Alternatives.   Assist  the  young  in 
discovering  other  physical,  recreational,  emotional, 
mental,  or  spiritual  alternatives  to  the  drug  experiences 
that  are  just  as  much  fun. 

7.  Become  a  Model .   Parental  misuse  of  drugs  sets  a  double 
standard  when  it  comes  to  discouraging  adolescent  drug 
abuse.   To  many  young  people,  it  seems  that  their 
mothers  and  fathers  are  "popping"  unneeded  tranquilizers, 
drinking  heavily,  or  using  diet  pills  more  often  than 
their  peers. 

8.  Start  Prevention  Now.   An  ounce  of  prevention  is  worth  a 
pound  of  cure,  especially  in  the  area  of  drug  abuse.   If 
older  children  have  gone  through  a  period  of  drug  use,  use 
the  lessons  learned  to  help  with  the  younger  ones. 

INFORMATION  RESOURCES 

National  Clearinghouse  for  Drug  Abuse  Information 
National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse 
P.  0.  Box  1701 
Washington,  DC  20013 

-216- 


National  Clearinghouse  for  Mental  Health  Information 
National  Institute  of  Mental  Health 
5600  Fishers  Lane 
Room  11A-33 
Rockville,  MD  20857 

National  Clearinghouse  for  Alcohol  Information 
National  Institute  on  Alcohol  Abuse  and  Alcoholism 
P.O.  Box  2345 
Rockville,  MD  2  0  850 

Technical  Information  Center 
Office  on  Smoking  and  Health 
5600  Fishers  Lane,  Room  1-16 
Rockville,  MD  20857 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse,  Drug  Abuse 
Prevention:   For  Your  Family,  (Porter,  Novelli  &  Assoc,  Inc. : 
Washington,  D.C.,  May  1980),  pp.  14-15. 


-217- 


TEENAGE  PROBLEM  DRINKERS 

Many  parents  are  not  aware  of  their  teenager ' s  drinking 
problem  until  it  is  well  out  of  hand.   Following  are  some 
guidelines  for  parents  to  follow  when  dealing  with  a  teenage 
problem  drinker. 

GUIDELINES  FOR  BUILDING  A 
HEALTHY  RELATIONSHIP 
WITH  THE  TEENAGE  DRINKER 


DO'S: 
1. 


Do  take  care  of  yourself 
physically,  psychologically 
and  spiritually. 


DON  *  TS : 

1.   Don't  permit  yourself  to 
be  abused. 


2.   Do  take  care  of  your  teenage 
drinker  and  family. 


Do  get  help/therapy  for 
yourself,  your  teenage 
drinker  and  your  family. 


Don't  try  to  control  or  change 
your  teenager  drinker — quit 
blaming,  nagging,  and  complaining 

Don't  deny  your  problems, 
the  drinker's  problems  or 
avoid  treatment. 


4.   Do  continue  to  live 
responsibly. 


Don't  accept  responsibility 
for  your  teenage  drinker;  stop 
hiding  or  pouring  out  the 
liquor,  "covering  up",  and  never 
drink  with  your  teenager. 


6. 


Do  love  yourself,  your  teenage 
drinker  and  your  family. 


Do  work  at  changing  yourself, 
and  be  committed  to  helping 
your  teenage  drinker. 


Don't  develop  a  sense  of 
hatred  and  rejection  toward 
your  teenage  drinker. 

Don't  expect  yourself  or 
your  teenage  drinker  to  stop 
drinking  or  change  overnight. 


Do  make  every  effort  to  get 
your  drinker  into  treatment  and 
be  actively  involved  in  his/her 
treatment. 

Do  begin  by  practicing  each  of 
these  "do's"  today. 


Don't  be  afraid  to  demand 
treatment  for  your  teenage 
drinker  even  if  this  means 
utilizing  legal  procedures. 

Don't  wait  until  tomorrow  or 
next  month  to  get  help  for 
your  teenage  drinker,  yourself 
and  your  family. 


Do  realize  that  changing  today 
is  the  basis  for  expecting  life 
to  be  better  tomorrow. 


Don't  expect  relationship 
growth  and  change  in  the 
absence  of  your  teenage 
drinker's  and  your  own 
committment  to  treatment  and 
recovery. 


-218- 


10.   Do  commit  yourself  to  the       10.   Don't  ever  give  up  on  your- 
work  of  recovery.  self,  your  teenage  drinker 

or  your  family  relationship. 


USED  WITH  PERMISSION:   Guidelines  taken  directly  from  Forrest, 
Dr.  Gary. ,  How  to  Cope  With  A  Teenage  Drinker,  (Fiarfield 
Graphics:   Fairfield,  Pennsylvania,  1983),  pp.  134-136. 


-219- 


HOW  TO  SPOT  THE  IMPAIRED  DRIVER 

Here  are  visual  cues  that  indicate  an  impaired  driver: 

1.  STOPPING  WITHOUT  CAUSE  IN  A  TRAFFIC  LANE. 

2.  FOLLOWING  TOO  CLOSELY. 

3.  TURNING  WITH  AN  EXCESSIVELY  WIDE  RADIUS. 

4.  APPEARING  GENERALLY  TO  BE  DRUNK. 

5.  DRIVING  ON  OTHER  THAN  THE  DESIGNATED  ROADWAY. 

6.  STRADDLING  THE  CENTER  LINE  OR  LANE  MARKER. 

7.  ALMOST  STRIKING  AN  OBJECT  OR  OTHER  VEHICLE. 

8.  RESPONDING  SLOWLY,  OR  NOT  RESPONDING,  TO  TRAFFIC  SIGNALS. 

9.  DRIVING  AT  NIGHT  WITHOUT  LIGHTS. 

10.  SIGNALLING  INCONSISTENT  WITH  ACTIONS. 

11.  WEAVING,  DRIFTING,  OR  SWERVING. 

12.  ACCELERATING  OR  DECELERATING  RAPIDLY. 

13.  DRIVING  UNREASONABLY  FAST  OR  SLOW. 

14.  BREAKING  ERRATICALLY. 

15.  TURNING  ABRUPTLY  OR  ILLEGALLY. 

16.  DRIVING  INTO  OPPOSING  OR  CROSS  TRAFFIC. 

Any  out-of-the-ordinary  driving  may  mean  that  an  alcohol- 
impaired  driver  is  behind  the  wheel. 

Drive  defensively  —  and  be  ready  to  report  every  drunk 
driver  immediately. 


PUBLIC  DOMAIN:   "Drunk  Drivers  Wreck  Families",  Montana  Dept. 
of  Institutions  and  Justice,  Helena,  MT. 


•220- 


~"  II Mil  I II 111 II IHiMIMll ■■!!  ■  II IMI— IIIIIIIMllHIUMMii 


fid 


m 


FILMS 


The  following  films  on  alcohol  are  available  at  no  charge 
to  the  schools.   It  is  highly  recommended  that  these  films 
be  scheduled  early  in  the  year  as  they  are  in  high  demand. 
The  films  are  available  from  the  following  places. 

Gallatin  County  Health  Department 

Room  10  3 

Courthouse 

Bozeman,  MT  59715 

(406)  587-4297 

Film  Library 

Planning  &  Evaluation  Unit 

Cogswell  Building 

State  Department  of  Health  &  Environmental  Sciences 

Helena,  MT  59601 

(406)  449-3444 

Audio-visual  Department 
Bozeman  Public  Schools 
Bozeman,  MT  59715 
(406)  586-8211 


-221- 


RECOMMENDED  FILMS 

UPPER  ELEMENTARY: 

JOEY  &  ME 

A  10  minute  color  animated  film.   A  12  year  old  boy  tells 
a  story  of  an  older  boy,  whose  mother  is  an  alcoholic.   The  older 
boy  becomes  an  overachiever.   Although  a  non-drinker  himself, 
the  boy  was  killed  in  a  car  accident  due  to  someone  else's 
drinking.   This  is  a  good  film  which  depicts  alcoholism,  values 
clarification,  and  decision-making  about  drinking. 

Available  From:   Health  &  Environmental  Sciences 

UPPER  ELEMENTARY: 

ALCOHOL  &  DRUGS:   HOW  THEY  AFFECT  YOUR  BODY 

Excellent  20  minute  color  film  that  illustrates  how  alcohol 
and  drugs  affect  the  body.   Illustrations  are  done  by  computer 
cartoons. 

Available  From:   Bozeman  Public  Schools 

UPPER  ELEMENTARY: 

WHAT'S  WRONG  WITH  JONATHAN 

A  15  minute  color  film  which  depicts  the  many  pressures 
a  kid  may  face  in  a  day.  Excellent  for  getting  a  discussion 
going  on  coping  with  pressure. 

Available  From:   Health  &  Environmental  Sciences 

JUNIOR  HIGH  -  HIGH  SCHOOL: 

IT  CAN'T  HAPPEN  TO  ME 

Excellent  30  minute  color  film  depicting  the  story  of  a 
teenage  alcoholic.  This  film  shows  the  peer  pressure  placed 
on  teenagers  to  drink  and  shows  the  progression  of  alcoholism. 

Available  From:   Health  &  Environmental  Sciences. 


-222- 


REC0MT4ENDED    FILMS 

HIGH  SCHOOL: 

BORN  DRUNK 

Excellent  10  minute  color  film  showing  examples  of 
children  who  were  born  with  "fetal  alcohol  syndrome". 

Available  From:   Health  &  Environmental  Sciences 


-223- 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

American  Lung  Association,  Smoking  Deserves  A  Smart  Answer: 

Adolescent  Smoking  Prevention  Resource  Guide,  1740  Broadway, 
New  York,  NY  1983. 

Beier,  Barbara,  "Enhancing  Positive  Self-Esteem  Through  Creativity 
in  the  Classroom",  Health  Education,  Vol.  12,  #2,  Mar /April,  19  81. 

Borba,  Michele  and  Craig,  Self-Esteem:   A  Classroom  Affair,  Vol.  2, 
Winston  Press,  Inc.:   Minneapolis,  MN  1982. 

Chase,  Larry,  The  Other  Side  of  the  Report  Card,  Scott,  Foresman, 
&  Co.:   Glenview,  IL,  1975. 

Cooper,  JoAnn,  &  others,  Decision-Making ,  TACT:   Doylestown,  PA,  19  79. 

Corbin,  David  E. ,  "Health  Games,  Stimulations  &  Activities", 
Health  Education,  July/Aug,  1980,  Vol.  11,  #4. 

Cross,  Wilbur,  Kids  &  Booze:   What  you  Must  Know  To  Help  Them, 
A  Sunrise  Book,  E.P.  Dutton:   New  York,  NY,  19  79. 

Dolan,  Joe,  "Drinking  Myths",  Health  Education,  Mar/April,  1975,  Vol. 6, #2, 

"Drunk  Drivers  Wreck  Families",  Montana  Department  of  Institutions 
&  Justice,  Helena,  MT. 

Engs,  Ruth,  "Responsibility  and  Alcohol",  Health  Education, 
Jan/Feb,  1981,  Vol.  12,  #1. 

Engs,  Ruth,  "Teaching  Strategies",  Health  Education,  Nov/Dec, 
1975,  Vol.  6,  #6. 

"Fetal  Alcohol  Syndrome",  Current  Health  2,  Curriculum  Innovation, 
Inc.:   Highland  Park,  IL,  1978. 

Finn,  Peter,  &  others,  Dial  A-L-C-O-H-O-L  and  Jackson  Junior  High, 
Abt.  Associates:   Cambridge,  MA,  1977. 

Forrest,  Dr.  Gary,  How  To  Cope  With  A  Teenager  Drinker,  Fairfield 
Graphics,  Fairfield,  PA,  1983. 

Harrison,  Dorothy  D. ,  Healthy  That's  Me,  Bio-Dynamics,  Inc.: 
U.S.  Dept.  of  Health,  Education  &  Welfare,  Office  of  Child 
Development,  Project  Headstart,  Washington,  D.C.,  19  72. 

Introducing  Alcohol  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  K-4, 
American  School  Health  Association:   Kent,  OH  1978. 


•224- 


It  Starts  With  People,  Experiences  In  Drug  Abuse  Prevention, 
Porter,  Novelli,  &  Assoc,  Inc.:   Washington,  D.C.,  1978. 

Langone,  John,  Bombed,  Buzzed,  Smashed,  or  Sober,  Little, 
Brown  &  Co. :   Boston,  MA,  1976 

Life  Skills  for  Health:   Focus  on  Mental  Health  4-6,  North 

Carolina  Department  of  Public  Instruction:   Raleigh,  NC,  1974. 

ME:   The  New  Model,  Lakewood  City  Public  School  System,  Lakewood, 
OH,  1973. 

Mills,  Kenneth  C.  &  others,  Handbook  for  Alcohol  Education:   The 

Community  Approach,   Ballinger  Publishing  Co.:   Cambridge,  MA,  1983. 

Montana  Alcohol  &  Drug  Abuse  Division,  State  of  Montana  Teacher's 
Guide  for  Alcohol  Education:   Grades  K-12,  Helena,  MT,  1979. 

Montana  State  Department  of  Institutions,  Montana  Comprehensive 
Plan  for  Alcohol  and  Drug  Abuse  Prevention,  Treatment,  and 
Rehabilitation,  Alcohol  &  Drug  Division:  Helena,  MT,  19  83. 

National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse,  Drug  Abuse  Prevention:   For 

Your  Family,  Porter,  Novelli  &  Assoc,  Inc.:   Washington,  D.C., 
May ,  19  8  0. 

National  Institute  on  Drug  Abuse,  Saying  No:   Drug  Abuse  Prevention 
Ideas  for  the  Classroom,  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S. 
Government  Printing  Office:   Washington,  D.C.,  1980. 

Ohio  Department  of  Education,  Alcohol  &  Other  Drugs:   A 

Curriculum  Guide,  Division  of  School  Finance,  Columbus,  OH,  19 

Simon,  Sidney  B.  &  others,  Values  Clarification:  A  Handbook  of 
Practical  Strategies  For  Teachers  &  Students,  Hart  Publishing 
Co.,  Inc.:   New  York,  NY.,  1978. 

Smith,  Arden  &  others,  Giving  Kids  a  Piece  of  the  Action, 
TACT:   Doylestown,  PA,  1977. 

Stanish,  Bob,  Connecting  Rainbows,  Good  Apple,  Inc. :   Carthage,  IL,  1982 

Taking  Risks:   Activities  &  Materials  for  Teaching  About  Alcohol, 
Other  Drugs,  &  Traffic  Safety,  Book  I,  Elementary  Edition, 
California  State  Department  of  Education,  Sacramento,  CA,  1979. 

Taking  Risks:   Activities  &  Materials  for  Teaching  About  Alcohol, 
Other  Drugs,  &  Traffic  Safety,  Book  II,  Secondary  Edition, 
California  State  Department  of  Education,  Sacramento,  CA,  1979. 


-225- 


Teper-Singer,  Lynn,  "Choices",  Health  Education,  Nov/Dec,  1975, 
Vol.  6  #6. 

Toohey,  Jack  V- ,  &  Thomas  L.  Dezelsky,  "A  Values  Clarification 
Project  in  Southern  Mexico",  Health  Education,  May/June,  1979, 
Vol.  10,  #3. 

U.S.  Department  of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  Alcohol  and 
Health,  NIAAA:   Rockville,  MD. 

U.S.  Department  of  Transportation,  "How  To  Talk  To  Your  Teenager 
About  Drinking  and  Driving",  Washington,  D.C.,  October,  1975. 


-226-